blob: 73ee31b3245220b1d4e00729c32fa95448090f01 [file] [log] [blame]
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"
2 "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003<html>
4<head>
5 <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title>
Reid Spencer3921c742004-08-26 20:44:00 +00006 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
7 <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner">
8 <meta name="description"
9 content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual.">
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000010 <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css">
11</head>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000012
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000013<body>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +000014
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000015<div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000016<ol>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000017 <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li>
18 <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li>
19 <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000020 <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a>
21 <ol>
22 <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000023 <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a>
24 <ol>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000025 <li><a href="#linkage_private">'<tt>private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
26 <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private">'<tt>linker_private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
27 <li><a href="#linkage_internal">'<tt>internal</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
28 <li><a href="#linkage_available_externally">'<tt>available_externally</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
29 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce">'<tt>linkonce</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
30 <li><a href="#linkage_common">'<tt>common</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
31 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
32 <li><a href="#linkage_appending">'<tt>appending</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
33 <li><a href="#linkage_externweak">'<tt>extern_weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Chris Lattner5a2d8752009-10-10 18:26:06 +000034 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce_odr">'<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling987e7eb2009-07-20 02:41:50 +000035 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
36 <li><a href="#linkage_external">'<tt>externally visible</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
37 <li><a href="#linkage_dllimport">'<tt>dllimport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
38 <li><a href="#linkage_dllexport">'<tt>dllexport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000039 </ol>
40 </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +000041 <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +000042 <li><a href="#namedtypes">Named Types</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000043 <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000044 <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000045 <li><a href="#aliasstructure">Aliases</a></li>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +000046 <li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +000047 <li><a href="#fnattrs">Function Attributes</a></li>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +000048 <li><a href="#gc">Garbage Collector Names</a></li>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +000049 <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +000050 <li><a href="#datalayout">Data Layout</a></li>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +000051 <li><a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000052 </ol>
53 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000054 <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a>
55 <ol>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000056 <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +000057 <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000058 <ol>
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +000059 <li><a href="#t_integer">Integer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +000060 <li><a href="#t_floating">Floating Point Types</a></li>
61 <li><a href="#t_void">Void Type</a></li>
62 <li><a href="#t_label">Label Type</a></li>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +000063 <li><a href="#t_metadata">Metadata Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000064 </ol>
65 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +000066 <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a>
67 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000068 <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +000069 <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li>
70 <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000071 <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +000072 <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +000073 <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +000074 <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000075 </ol>
76 </li>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +000077 <li><a href="#t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000078 </ol>
79 </li>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +000080 <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000081 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000082 <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></li>
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +000083 <li><a href="#complexconstants">Complex Constants</a></li>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000084 <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a></li>
85 <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></li>
86 <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a></li>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +000087 <li><a href="#metadata">Embedded Metadata</a></li>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +000088 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +000089 </li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +000090 <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a>
91 <ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000092 <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a></li>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +000093 </ol>
94 </li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +000095 <li><a href="#intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
96 <ol>
97 <li><a href="#intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +000098 <li><a href="#intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>'
99 Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +0000100 <li><a href="#intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>'
101 Global Variable</a></li>
102 <li><a href="#intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>'
103 Global Variable</a></li>
104 </ol>
105 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000106 <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a>
107 <ol>
108 <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a>
109 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000110 <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
111 <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000112 <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
113 <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000114 <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000115 <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000116 </ol>
117 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000118 <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a>
119 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000120 <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000121 <li><a href="#i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000122 <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000123 <li><a href="#i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000124 <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000125 <li><a href="#i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000126 <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
127 <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
128 <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000129 <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
130 <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
131 <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000132 </ol>
133 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000134 <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a>
135 <ol>
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +0000136 <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
137 <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
138 <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000139 <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000140 <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000141 <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000142 </ol>
143 </li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000144 <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
145 <ol>
146 <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
147 <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
148 <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000149 </ol>
150 </li>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +0000151 <li><a href="#aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
152 <ol>
153 <li><a href="#i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
154 <li><a href="#i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
155 </ol>
156 </li>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000157 <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000158 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000159 <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000160 <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
161 <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
162 <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000163 </ol>
164 </li>
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000165 <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000166 <ol>
167 <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
168 <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
169 <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
170 <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
171 <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000172 <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
173 <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
174 <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
175 <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +0000176 <li><a href="#i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
177 <li><a href="#i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000178 <li><a href="#i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000179 </ol>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000180 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000181 <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a>
182 <ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +0000183 <li><a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
184 <li><a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000185 <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000186 <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000187 <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000188 <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000189 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000190 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000191 </ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000192 </li>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000193 <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a>
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000194 <ol>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000195 <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
196 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000197 <li><a href="#int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
198 <li><a href="#int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
199 <li><a href="#int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000200 </ol>
201 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000202 <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
203 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000204 <li><a href="#int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
205 <li><a href="#int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
206 <li><a href="#int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000207 </ol>
208 </li>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000209 <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
210 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000211 <li><a href="#int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
212 <li><a href="#int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
213 <li><a href="#int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
214 <li><a href="#int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
215 <li><a href="#int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
216 <li><a href="#int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
217 <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
John Criswell7123e272004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000218 </ol>
219 </li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000220 <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
221 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000222 <li><a href="#int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
223 <li><a href="#int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
224 <li><a href="#int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
225 <li><a href="#int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
226 <li><a href="#int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +0000227 <li><a href="#int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
228 <li><a href="#int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
229 <li><a href="#int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000230 </ol>
231 </li>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000232 <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000233 <ol>
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000234 <li><a href="#int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li>
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000235 <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
236 <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
237 <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000238 </ol>
239 </li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000240 <li><a href="#int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
241 <ol>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +0000242 <li><a href="#int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
243 <li><a href="#int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
244 <li><a href="#int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
245 <li><a href="#int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
246 <li><a href="#int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +0000247 <li><a href="#int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000248 </ol>
249 </li>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000250 <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +0000251 <li><a href="#int_eh">Exception Handling intrinsics</a></li>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +0000252 <li><a href="#int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000253 <ol>
254 <li><a href="#int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000255 </ol>
256 </li>
Bill Wendling3c44f5b2008-11-18 22:10:53 +0000257 <li><a href="#int_atomics">Atomic intrinsics</a>
258 <ol>
259 <li><a href="#int_memory_barrier"><tt>llvm.memory_barrier</tt></a></li>
260 <li><a href="#int_atomic_cmp_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt></a></li>
261 <li><a href="#int_atomic_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt></a></li>
262 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_add"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt></a></li>
263 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_sub"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt></a></li>
264 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_and"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.and</tt></a></li>
265 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_nand"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand</tt></a></li>
266 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_or"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.or</tt></a></li>
267 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_xor"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor</tt></a></li>
268 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_max"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.max</tt></a></li>
269 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_min"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.min</tt></a></li>
270 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umax"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax</tt></a></li>
271 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umin"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin</tt></a></li>
272 </ol>
273 </li>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +0000274 <li><a href="#int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
275 <ol>
276 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_start"><tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt></a></li>
277 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_end"><tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt></a></li>
278 <li><a href="#int_invariant_start"><tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt></a></li>
279 <li><a href="#int_invariant_end"><tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt></a></li>
280 </ol>
281 </li>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000282 <li><a href="#int_general">General intrinsics</a>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000283 <ol>
Reid Spencer20677642007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000284 <li><a href="#int_var_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000285 '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000286 <li><a href="#int_annotation">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000287 '<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +0000288 <li><a href="#int_trap">
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000289 '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
290 <li><a href="#int_stackprotector">
291 '<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000292 </ol>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000293 </li>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000294 </ol>
295 </li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000296</ol>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000297
298<div class="doc_author">
299 <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a>
300 and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000301</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000302
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000303<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000304<div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div>
305<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000306
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000307<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000308
309<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language. LLVM is
310 a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides type
311 safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing
312 'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code representation
313 used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation strategy.</p>
314
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000315</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000316
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000317<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000318<div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div>
319<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000320
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000321<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000322
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000323<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three different forms:
324 as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode representation (suitable
325 for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), and as a human readable
326 assembly language representation. This allows LLVM to provide a powerful
327 intermediate representation for efficient compiler transformations and
328 analysis, while providing a natural means to debug and visualize the
329 transformations. The three different forms of LLVM are all equivalent. This
330 document describes the human readable representation and notation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000331
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000332<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level while being
333 expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It aims to be a
334 "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level that high-level ideas
335 may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how microprocessors are "universal
336 IR's", allowing many source languages to be mapped to them). By providing
337 type information, LLVM can be used as the target of optimizations: for
338 example, through pointer analysis, it can be proven that a C automatic
339 variable is never accessed outside of the current function... allowing it to
340 be promoted to a simple SSA value instead of a memory location.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000341
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000342</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000343
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000344<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000345<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000346
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000347<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000348
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000349<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' LLVM
350 assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser accepts and
351 what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the following instruction is
352 syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000353
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000354<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000355<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000356%x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000357</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000358</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000359
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000360<p>...because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of its
361 uses. The LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may be used
362 to verify that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is automatically run
363 by the parser after parsing input assembly and by the optimizer before it
364 outputs bitcode. The violations pointed out by the verifier pass indicate
365 bugs in transformation passes or input to the parser.</p>
366
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000367</div>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000368
Chris Lattnercc689392007-10-03 17:34:29 +0000369<!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000370
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000371<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000372<div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000373<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000374
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000375<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000376
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000377<p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
378 identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the <tt>'@'</tt>
379 character. Local identifiers (register names, types) begin with
380 the <tt>'%'</tt> character. Additionally, there are three different formats
381 for identifiers, for different purposes:</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000382
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000383<ol>
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000384 <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with their prefix.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000385 For example, <tt>%foo</tt>, <tt>@DivisionByZero</tt>,
386 <tt>%a.really.long.identifier</tt>. The actual regular expression used is
387 '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'. Identifiers which require
388 other characters in their names can be surrounded with quotes. Special
389 characters may be escaped using <tt>"\xx"</tt> where <tt>xx</tt> is the
390 ASCII code for the character in hexadecimal. In this way, any character
391 can be used in a name value, even quotes themselves.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000392
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000393 <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with their
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000394 prefix. For example, <tt>%12</tt>, <tt>@2</tt>, <tt>%44</tt>.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000395
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000396 <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000397 constants</a>, below.</li>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000398</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000399
Reid Spencer2c452282007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000400<p>LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000401 don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
402 reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
403 unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
404 variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000405
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000406<p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000407 languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
408 ('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
409 '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
410 '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names
411 ('<tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>',
412 '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...), and others. These
413 reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because none of them
414 start with a prefix character (<tt>'%'</tt> or <tt>'@'</tt>).</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000415
416<p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000417 '<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000418
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000419<p>The easy way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000420
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000421<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000422<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000423%result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000424</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000425</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000426
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000427<p>After strength reduction:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000428
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000429<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000430<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000431%result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000432</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000433</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000434
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000435<p>And the hard way:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000436
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000437<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000438<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000439<a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
440<a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
441%result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000442</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000443</div>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000444
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000445<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several important
446 lexical features of LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000447
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000448<ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000449 <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000450 line.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000451
452 <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000453 assigned to a named value.</li>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000454
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000455 <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li>
456</ol>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000457
John Criswelle4c57cc2005-05-12 16:52:32 +0000458<p>...and it also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000459 demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
460 defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
461 text.</p>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000462
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000463</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000464
465<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
466<div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div>
467<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
468
469<!-- ======================================================================= -->
470<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a>
471</div>
472
473<div class="doc_text">
474
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000475<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a translation unit
476 of the input programs. Each module consists of functions, global variables,
477 and symbol table entries. Modules may be combined together with the LLVM
478 linker, which merges function (and global variable) definitions, resolves
479 forward declarations, and merges symbol table entries. Here is an example of
480 the "hello world" module:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000481
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000482<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000483<pre><i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant...</i>
Chris Lattnera89e5f12007-06-12 17:00:26 +0000484<a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a
485 href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8]*</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000486
487<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000488<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8 *) <i>; i32(i8 *)* </i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000489
490<i>; Definition of main function</i>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000491define i32 @main() { <i>; i32()* </i>
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +0000492 <i>; Convert [13 x i8]* to i8 *...</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000493 %cast210 = <a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000494 href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8 *</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000495
496 <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout...</i>
497 <a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000498 href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8 * %cast210) <i>; i32</i>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000499 <a
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000500 href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br>}<br>
501</pre>
502</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000503
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000504<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a> named
505 "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>" function, and
506 a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a> for
507 "<tt>main</tt>".</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000508
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000509<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values, where both
510 functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
511 represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
512 array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the
513 following <a href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000514
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000515</div>
516
517<!-- ======================================================================= -->
518<div class="doc_subsection">
519 <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a>
520</div>
521
522<div class="doc_text">
523
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000524<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of
525 linkage:</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000526
527<dl>
Rafael Espindolabb46f522009-01-15 20:18:42 +0000528 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_private">private</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000529 <dd>Global values with private linkage are only directly accessible by objects
530 in the current module. In particular, linking code into a module with an
531 private global value may cause the private to be renamed as necessary to
532 avoid collisions. Because the symbol is private to the module, all
533 references can be updated. This doesn't show up in any symbol table in the
534 object file.</dd>
Rafael Espindolabb46f522009-01-15 20:18:42 +0000535
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000536 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private">linker_private</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000537 <dd>Similar to private, but the symbol is passed through the assembler and
Chris Lattnere1eaf912009-08-24 04:32:16 +0000538 removed by the linker after evaluation. Note that (unlike private
539 symbols) linker_private symbols are subject to coalescing by the linker:
540 weak symbols get merged and redefinitions are rejected. However, unlike
541 normal strong symbols, they are removed by the linker from the final
542 linked image (executable or dynamic library).</dd>
Bill Wendling3d10a5a2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000543
Dale Johannesen2307a7f2008-05-23 23:13:41 +0000544 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000545 <dd>Similar to private, but the value shows as a local symbol
546 (<tt>STB_LOCAL</tt> in the case of ELF) in the object file. This
547 corresponds to the notion of the '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000548
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000549 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_available_externally">available_externally</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000550 <dd>Globals with "<tt>available_externally</tt>" linkage are never emitted
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000551 into the object file corresponding to the LLVM module. They exist to
552 allow inlining and other optimizations to take place given knowledge of
553 the definition of the global, which is known to be somewhere outside the
554 module. Globals with <tt>available_externally</tt> linkage are allowed to
555 be discarded at will, and are otherwise the same as <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>.
556 This linkage type is only allowed on definitions, not declarations.</dd>
Chris Lattner266c7bb2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000557
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000558 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattner4887bd82007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000559 <dd>Globals with "<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage are merged with other globals of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000560 the same name when linkage occurs. This is typically used to implement
561 inline functions, templates, or other code which must be generated in each
562 translation unit that uses it. Unreferenced <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are
563 allowed to be discarded.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000564
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000565 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000566 <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage has the same merging semantics as
567 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage, except that unreferenced globals with
568 <tt>weak</tt> linkage may not be discarded. This is used for globals that
569 are declared "weak" in C source code.</dd>
570
571 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_common">common</a></b></tt>: </dt>
572 <dd>"<tt>common</tt>" linkage is most similar to "<tt>weak</tt>" linkage, but
573 they are used for tentative definitions in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at
574 global scope.
575 Symbols with "<tt>common</tt>" linkage are merged in the same way as
576 <tt>weak symbols</tt>, and they may not be deleted if unreferenced.
Chris Lattnercd81f5d2009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000577 <tt>common</tt> symbols may not have an explicit section,
578 must have a zero initializer, and may not be marked '<a
579 href="#globalvars"><tt>constant</tt></a>'. Functions and aliases may not
580 have common linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattner26d054d2009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000581
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000582
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000583 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000584 <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000585 pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage
586 are linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is
587 the LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
588 "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.</dd>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000589
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000590 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000591 <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the symbol
592 is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead of
593 being an undefined reference.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov7f705592007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000594
Chris Lattner5a2d8752009-10-10 18:26:06 +0000595 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce_odr">linkonce_odr</a></b></tt>: </dt>
596 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak_odr">weak_odr</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000597 <dd>Some languages allow differing globals to be merged, such as two functions
598 with different semantics. Other languages, such as <tt>C++</tt>, ensure
599 that only equivalent globals are ever merged (the "one definition rule" -
600 "ODR"). Such languages can use the <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>
601 and <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkage types to indicate that the global will only
602 be merged with equivalent globals. These linkage types are otherwise the
603 same as their non-<tt>odr</tt> versions.</dd>
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000604
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000605 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt>
Chris Lattnere5d947b2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000606 <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000607 visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to
608 resolve external symbol references.</dd>
Reid Spencerc8910842007-04-11 23:49:50 +0000609</dl>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000610
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000611<p>The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
612 only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
613 DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries).</p>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000614
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000615<dl>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000616 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000617 <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000618 or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
619 exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
620 formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable
621 name.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000622
623 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt>: </dt>
Anton Korobeynikovb74ed072006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000624 <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000625 pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
626 <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
627 name is formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or
628 variable name.</dd>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000629</dl>
630
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000631<p>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable is defined to be internal, if
632 another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable and was linked with this
633 one, one of the two would be renamed, preventing a collision. Since
634 "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are external (i.e., lacking any linkage
635 declarations), they are accessible outside of the current module.</p>
636
637<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i> to have any linkage type
638 other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>
639 or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p>
640
Duncan Sands667d4b82009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000641<p>Aliases can have only <tt>external</tt>, <tt>internal</tt>, <tt>weak</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000642 or <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkages.</p>
643
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000644</div>
645
646<!-- ======================================================================= -->
647<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000648 <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a>
649</div>
650
651<div class="doc_text">
652
653<p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000654 and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling
655 convention specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of
656 dynamic caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is
657 undefined. The following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more
658 may be added in the future:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000659
660<dl>
661 <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000662 <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000663 specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling
664 convention supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in
665 the declared prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as
666 does normal C).</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000667
668 <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000669 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000670 (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
671 target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the
672 target, without having to conform to an externally specified ABI
673 (Application Binary Interface). Implementations of this convention should
674 allow arbitrary <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">tail call
675 optimization</a> to be supported. This calling convention does not
676 support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to exactly match
677 the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000678
679 <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000680 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000681 as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed.
682 As such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does
683 not break any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention
684 does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
685 exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000686
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000687 <dt><b>"<tt>cc &lt;<em>n</em>&gt;</tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000688 <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000689 target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
690 conventions start at 64.</dd>
Chris Lattnercfe6b372005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000691</dl>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000692
693<p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000694 support Pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
695 convention.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000696
697</div>
698
699<!-- ======================================================================= -->
700<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000701 <a name="visibility">Visibility Styles</a>
702</div>
703
704<div class="doc_text">
705
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000706<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility
707 styles:</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000708
709<dl>
710 <dt><b>"<tt>default</tt>" - Default style</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000711 <dd>On targets that use the ELF object file format, default visibility means
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000712 that the declaration is visible to other modules and, in shared libraries,
713 means that the declared entity may be overridden. On Darwin, default
714 visibility means that the declaration is visible to other modules. Default
715 visibility corresponds to "external linkage" in the language.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000716
717 <dt><b>"<tt>hidden</tt>" - Hidden style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000718 <dd>Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000719 object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility
720 indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol
721 table, so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it
722 directly.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000723
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000724 <dt><b>"<tt>protected</tt>" - Protected style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov6f9896f2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000725 <dd>On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be placed in
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000726 the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module
727 will bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by
728 another module.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000729</dl>
730
731</div>
732
733<!-- ======================================================================= -->
734<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000735 <a name="namedtypes">Named Types</a>
736</div>
737
738<div class="doc_text">
739
740<p>LLVM IR allows you to specify name aliases for certain types. This can make
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000741 it easier to read the IR and make the IR more condensed (particularly when
742 recursive types are involved). An example of a name specification is:</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000743
744<div class="doc_code">
745<pre>
746%mytype = type { %mytype*, i32 }
747</pre>
748</div>
749
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000750<p>You may give a name to any <a href="#typesystem">type</a> except
751 "<a href="t_void">void</a>". Type name aliases may be used anywhere a type
752 is expected with the syntax "%mytype".</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000753
754<p>Note that type names are aliases for the structural type that they indicate,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000755 and that you can therefore specify multiple names for the same type. This
756 often leads to confusing behavior when dumping out a .ll file. Since LLVM IR
757 uses structural typing, the name is not part of the type. When printing out
758 LLVM IR, the printer will pick <em>one name</em> to render all types of a
759 particular shape. This means that if you have code where two different
760 source types end up having the same LLVM type, that the dumper will sometimes
761 print the "wrong" or unexpected type. This is an important design point and
762 isn't going to change.</p>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000763
764</div>
765
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000766<!-- ======================================================================= -->
767<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000768 <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a>
769</div>
770
771<div class="doc_text">
772
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000773<p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000774 instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may
775 have an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit
776 alignment specified. A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which
777 means that it will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a
778 separated copy of the variable). A variable may be defined as a global
779 "constant," which indicates that the contents of the variable
780 will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better optimization, allowing the
781 global data to be placed in the read-only section of an executable, etc).
782 Note that variables that need runtime initialization cannot be marked
783 "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3689a342005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000784
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000785<p>LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
786 constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
787 can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but
788 requires the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
789 'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
790 definition.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000791
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000792<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in scope
793 (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global variables
794 always define a pointer to their "content" type because they describe a
795 region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are accessed through
796 pointers.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000797
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000798<p>A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specific numbered
799 address space. For targets that support them, address spaces may affect how
800 optimizations are performed and/or what target instructions are used to
801 access the variable. The default address space is zero. The address space
802 qualifier must precede any other attributes.</p>
Christopher Lamb284d9922007-12-11 09:31:00 +0000803
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000804<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000805 supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000806
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000807<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000808 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the
809 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
810 specified, the global is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
811 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000812
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000813<p>For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space with
814 an initializer, section, and alignment:</p>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000815
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000816<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000817<pre>
Dan Gohman398873c2009-01-11 00:40:00 +0000818@G = addrspace(5) constant float 1.0, section "foo", align 4
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000819</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000820</div>
Chris Lattner68027ea2007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000821
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000822</div>
823
824
825<!-- ======================================================================= -->
826<div class="doc_subsection">
827 <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a>
828</div>
829
830<div class="doc_text">
831
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000832<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyord, an
833 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
834 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
835 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
836 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
837 name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
838 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), optional
839 <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a>, an optional section, an optional
840 alignment, an optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>, an opening
841 curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8cea37b2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000842
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000843<p>LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an
844 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
845 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
846 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
847 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
848 name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an
849 optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000850
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000851<p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000852 (Control Flow Graph) for the function. Each basic block may optionally start
853 with a label (giving the basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list
854 of instructions, and ends with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a>
855 instruction (such as a branch or function return).</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000856
Chris Lattner4a3c9012007-06-08 16:52:14 +0000857<p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000858 executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have
859 predecessor basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry
860 block of a function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also
861 cannot have any <a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000862
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000863<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the target
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000864 supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner88f6c462005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000865
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000866<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000867 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the
868 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
869 specified, the function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
870 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000871
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000872<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000873<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000874<pre>
Chris Lattner50ad45c2008-10-13 16:55:18 +0000875define [<a href="#linkage">linkage</a>] [<a href="#visibility">visibility</a>]
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000876 [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>]
877 &lt;ResultType&gt; @&lt;FunctionName&gt; ([argument list])
878 [<a href="#fnattrs">fn Attrs</a>] [section "name"] [align N]
879 [<a href="#gc">gc</a>] { ... }
880</pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000881</div>
882
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000883</div>
884
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000885<!-- ======================================================================= -->
886<div class="doc_subsection">
887 <a name="aliasstructure">Aliases</a>
888</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000889
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000890<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000891
892<p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
893 function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value). Aliases
894 may have an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an
895 optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000896
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000897<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000898<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000899<pre>
Duncan Sands0b23ac12008-09-12 20:48:21 +0000900@&lt;Name&gt; = alias [Linkage] [Visibility] &lt;AliaseeTy&gt; @&lt;Aliasee&gt;
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000901</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000902</div>
Anton Korobeynikov8b0a8c82007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000903
904</div>
905
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000906<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000907<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000908
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000909<div class="doc_text">
910
911<p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
912 <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
913 used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
914 a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function,
915 not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
916 can have the same function type.</p>
917
918<p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
919 multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
920 example:</p>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000921
922<div class="doc_code">
923<pre>
Nick Lewyckyb6a7d252009-02-15 23:06:14 +0000924declare i32 @printf(i8* noalias nocapture, ...)
Chris Lattner66d922c2008-10-04 18:33:34 +0000925declare i32 @atoi(i8 zeroext)
926declare signext i8 @returns_signed_char()
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000927</pre>
928</div>
929
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000930<p>Note that any attributes for the function result (<tt>nounwind</tt>,
931 <tt>readonly</tt>) come immediately after the argument list.</p>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000932
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000933<p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000934
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000935<dl>
936 <dt><tt>zeroext</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000937 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
938 should be zero-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
939 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000940
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000941 <dt><tt>signext</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000942 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
943 should be sign-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
944 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000945
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000946 <dt><tt>inreg</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000947 <dd>This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated in a
948 special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for a function
949 call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as opposed to memory,
950 though some targets use it to distinguish between two different kinds of
951 registers). Use of this attribute is target-specific.</dd>
Chris Lattner47507de2008-01-11 06:20:47 +0000952
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000953 <dt><tt><a name="byval">byval</a></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000954 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by value
955 to the function. The attribute implies that a hidden copy of the pointee
956 is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee is unable to
957 modify the value in the callee. This attribute is only valid on LLVM
958 pointer arguments. It is generally used to pass structs and arrays by
959 value, but is also valid on pointers to scalars. The copy is considered
960 to belong to the caller not the callee (for example,
961 <tt><a href="#readonly">readonly</a></tt> functions should not write to
962 <tt>byval</tt> parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return
963 values. The byval attribute also supports specifying an alignment with
964 the align attribute. This has a target-specific effect on the code
965 generator that usually indicates a desired alignment for the synthesized
966 stack slot.</dd>
967
968 <dt><tt>sret</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000969 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a
970 structure that is the return value of the function in the source program.
971 This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid: loads and
972 stores to the structure may be assumed by the callee to not to trap. This
973 may only be applied to the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute
974 for return values. </dd>
975
976 <dt><tt>noalias</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000977 <dd>This indicates that the pointer does not alias any global or any other
978 parameter. The caller is responsible for ensuring that this is the
979 case. On a function return value, <tt>noalias</tt> additionally indicates
980 that the pointer does not alias any other pointers visible to the
981 caller. For further details, please see the discussion of the NoAlias
982 response in
983 <a href="http://llvm.org/docs/AliasAnalysis.html#MustMayNo">alias
984 analysis</a>.</dd>
985
986 <dt><tt>nocapture</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000987 <dd>This indicates that the callee does not make any copies of the pointer
988 that outlive the callee itself. This is not a valid attribute for return
989 values.</dd>
990
991 <dt><tt>nest</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000992 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the
993 <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>. This is not a valid
994 attribute for return values.</dd>
995</dl>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000996
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000997</div>
998
999<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001000<div class="doc_subsection">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001001 <a name="gc">Garbage Collector Names</a>
1002</div>
1003
1004<div class="doc_text">
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001005
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001006<p>Each function may specify a garbage collector name, which is simply a
1007 string:</p>
1008
1009<div class="doc_code">
1010<pre>
1011define void @f() gc "name" { ...
1012</pre>
1013</div>
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001014
1015<p>The compiler declares the supported values of <i>name</i>. Specifying a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001016 collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to
1017 support the named garbage collection algorithm.</p>
1018
Gordon Henriksen80a75bf2007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001019</div>
1020
1021<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1022<div class="doc_subsection">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001023 <a name="fnattrs">Function Attributes</a>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001024</div>
1025
1026<div class="doc_text">
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001027
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001028<p>Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about a
1029 function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the function, not
1030 of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes can
1031 have the same function type.</p>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001032
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001033<p>Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
1034 multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For example:</p>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001035
1036<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001037<pre>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001038define void @f() noinline { ... }
1039define void @f() alwaysinline { ... }
1040define void @f() alwaysinline optsize { ... }
1041define void @f() optsize
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001042</pre>
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001043</div>
1044
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001045<dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001046 <dt><tt>alwaysinline</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001047 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline this
1048 function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active inlining size
1049 threshold for this caller.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001050
Dale Johannesende86d472009-08-26 01:08:21 +00001051 <dt><tt>inlinehint</tt></dt>
1052 <dd>This attribute indicates that the source code contained a hint that inlining
1053 this function is desirable (such as the "inline" keyword in C/C++). It
1054 is just a hint; it imposes no requirements on the inliner.</dd>
1055
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001056 <dt><tt>noinline</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001057 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this
1058 function in any situation. This attribute may not be used together with
1059 the <tt>alwaysinline</tt> attribute.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001060
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001061 <dt><tt>optsize</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001062 <dd>This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator passes
1063 make choices that keep the code size of this function low, and otherwise
1064 do optimizations specifically to reduce code size.</dd>
Devang Patel2c9c3e72008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001065
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001066 <dt><tt>noreturn</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001067 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns
1068 normally. This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the function
1069 ever does dynamically return.</dd>
Bill Wendling31359ba2008-11-13 01:02:51 +00001070
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001071 <dt><tt>nounwind</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001072 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns with an
1073 unwind or exceptional control flow. If the function does unwind, its
1074 runtime behavior is undefined.</dd>
Bill Wendlingfbaa7ed2008-11-26 19:07:40 +00001075
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001076 <dt><tt>readnone</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001077 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or decides
1078 to unwind an exception) based strictly on its arguments, without
1079 dereferencing any pointer arguments or otherwise accessing any mutable
1080 state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to caller functions.
1081 It does not write through any pointer arguments
1082 (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) and never
1083 changes any state visible to callers. This means that it cannot unwind
1084 exceptions by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but
1085 could use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Devang Patel5d96fda2009-06-12 19:45:19 +00001086
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001087 <dt><tt><a name="readonly">readonly</a></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001088 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function does not write through any
1089 pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt>
1090 arguments) or otherwise modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers,
1091 etc) visible to caller functions. It may dereference pointer arguments
1092 and read state that may be set in the caller. A readonly function always
1093 returns the same value (or unwinds an exception identically) when called
1094 with the same set of arguments and global state. It cannot unwind an
1095 exception by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but may
1096 use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc5ec8a72009-07-17 18:07:26 +00001097
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001098 <dt><tt><a name="ssp">ssp</a></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001099 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing
1100 protector. It is in the form of a "canary"&mdash;a random value placed on
1101 the stack before the local variables that's checked upon return from the
1102 function to see if it has been overwritten. A heuristic is used to
1103 determine if a function needs stack protectors or not.<br>
1104<br>
1105 If a function that has an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1106 function that doesn't have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting
1107 function will have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute.</dd>
1108
1109 <dt><tt>sspreq</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001110 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should <em>always</em> emit a
1111 stack smashing protector. This overrides
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001112 the <tt><a href="#ssp">ssp</a></tt> function attribute.<br>
1113<br>
1114 If a function that has an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1115 function that doesn't have an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute or which has
1116 an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will have
1117 an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001118
1119 <dt><tt>noredzone</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001120 <dd>This attribute indicates that the code generator should not use a red
1121 zone, even if the target-specific ABI normally permits it.</dd>
1122
1123 <dt><tt>noimplicitfloat</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001124 <dd>This attributes disables implicit floating point instructions.</dd>
1125
1126 <dt><tt>naked</tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001127 <dd>This attribute disables prologue / epilogue emission for the function.
1128 This can have very system-specific consequences.</dd>
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001129</dl>
1130
Devang Patelf8b94812008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001131</div>
1132
1133<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1134<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner1eeeb0c2006-04-08 04:40:53 +00001135 <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001136</div>
1137
1138<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001139
1140<p>Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to
1141 the GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally
1142 concatenated by LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in
1143 the <tt>.ll</tt> file if desired. The syntax is very simple:</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001144
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001145<div class="doc_code">
1146<pre>
1147module asm "inline asm code goes here"
1148module asm "more can go here"
1149</pre>
1150</div>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001151
1152<p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters.
1153 The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001154 for the number.</p>
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001155
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001156<p>The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
1157 assembly code is generated.</p>
1158
Chris Lattner4e9aba72006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001159</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001160
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001161<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1162<div class="doc_subsection">
1163 <a name="datalayout">Data Layout</a>
1164</div>
1165
1166<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001167
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001168<p>A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies how
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001169 data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is
1170 simply:</p>
1171
1172<div class="doc_code">
1173<pre>
1174target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"
1175</pre>
1176</div>
1177
1178<p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications
1179 separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts with
1180 a letter and may include other information after the letter to define some
1181 aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are as follows:</p>
1182
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001183<dl>
1184 <dt><tt>E</tt></dt>
1185 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is, the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001186 bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
1187
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001188 <dt><tt>e</tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001189 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in little-endian form. That is,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001190 the bits with the least significance have the lowest address
1191 location.</dd>
1192
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001193 <dt><tt>p:<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1194 <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001195 <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying
1196 the <i>pref</i> alignment is optional. If omitted, the
1197 preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted too.</dd>
1198
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001199 <dt><tt>i<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1200 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001201 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd>
1202
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001203 <dt><tt>v<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1204 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001205 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1206
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001207 <dt><tt>f<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1208 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001209 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be either 32 (float) or 64
1210 (double).</dd>
1211
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001212 <dt><tt>a<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1213 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001214 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1215
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001216 <dt><tt>s<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1217 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a stack object of a given bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001218 <i>size</i>.</dd>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001219</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001220
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001221<p>When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001222 default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overriden by the
1223 specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications
1224 are given in this list:</p>
1225
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001226<ul>
1227 <li><tt>E</tt> - big endian</li>
1228 <li><tt>p:32:64:64</tt> - 32-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li>
1229 <li><tt>i1:8:8</tt> - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1230 <li><tt>i8:8:8</tt> - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1231 <li><tt>i16:16:16</tt> - i16 is 16-bit aligned</li>
1232 <li><tt>i32:32:32</tt> - i32 is 32-bit aligned</li>
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001233 <li><tt>i64:32:64</tt> - i64 has ABI alignment of 32-bits but preferred
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001234 alignment of 64-bits</li>
1235 <li><tt>f32:32:32</tt> - float is 32-bit aligned</li>
1236 <li><tt>f64:64:64</tt> - double is 64-bit aligned</li>
1237 <li><tt>v64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit vector is 64-bit aligned</li>
1238 <li><tt>v128:128:128</tt> - 128-bit vector is 128-bit aligned</li>
1239 <li><tt>a0:0:1</tt> - aggregates are 8-bit aligned</li>
Daniel Dunbar87bde0b2009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001240 <li><tt>s0:64:64</tt> - stack objects are 64-bit aligned</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001241</ul>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001242
1243<p>When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
1244 following rules:</p>
1245
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001246<ol>
1247 <li>If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications, that
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001248 specification is used.</li>
1249
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001250 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001251 smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type
1252 is used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then
1253 the the largest integer type is used. For example, given the default
1254 specifications above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next
1255 largest) while both i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest
1256 specified).</li>
1257
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001258 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001259 largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be
1260 used as a fall back. This happens because &lt;128 x double&gt; can be
1261 implemented in terms of 64 &lt;2 x double&gt;, for example.</li>
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001262</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001263
Reid Spencerde151942007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001264</div>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001265
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001266<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1267<div class="doc_subsection">
1268 <a name="pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
1269</div>
1270
1271<div class="doc_text">
1272
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001273<p>Any memory access must be done through a pointer value associated
Andreas Bolka99a82052009-07-27 20:37:10 +00001274with an address range of the memory access, otherwise the behavior
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001275is undefined. Pointer values are associated with address ranges
1276according to the following rules:</p>
1277
1278<ul>
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001279 <li>A pointer value formed from a
1280 <tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt> instruction
1281 is associated with the addresses associated with the first operand
1282 of the <tt>getelementptr</tt>.</li>
1283 <li>An address of a global variable is associated with the address
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001284 range of the variable's storage.</li>
1285 <li>The result value of an allocation instruction is associated with
1286 the address range of the allocated storage.</li>
1287 <li>A null pointer in the default address-space is associated with
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001288 no address.</li>
1289 <li>A pointer value formed by an
1290 <tt><a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a></tt> is associated with all
1291 address ranges of all pointer values that contribute (directly or
1292 indirectly) to the computation of the pointer's value.</li>
1293 <li>The result value of a
1294 <tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt> is associated with all
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001295 addresses associated with the operand of the <tt>bitcast</tt>.</li>
1296 <li>An integer constant other than zero or a pointer value returned
1297 from a function not defined within LLVM may be associated with address
1298 ranges allocated through mechanisms other than those provided by
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001299 LLVM. Such ranges shall not overlap with any ranges of addresses
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001300 allocated by mechanisms provided by LLVM.</li>
1301 </ul>
1302
1303<p>LLVM IR does not associate types with memory. The result type of a
Andreas Bolka55e459a2009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001304<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> merely indicates the size and
1305alignment of the memory from which to load, as well as the
1306interpretation of the value. The first operand of a
1307<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt> similarly only indicates the size
1308and alignment of the store.</p>
Dan Gohman556ca272009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001309
1310<p>Consequently, type-based alias analysis, aka TBAA, aka
1311<tt>-fstrict-aliasing</tt>, is not applicable to general unadorned
1312LLVM IR. <a href="#metadata">Metadata</a> may be used to encode
1313additional information which specialized optimization passes may use
1314to implement type-based alias analysis.</p>
1315
1316</div>
1317
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001318<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001319<div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div>
1320<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001321
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001322<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001323
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001324<p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001325 intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of optimizations
1326 to be performed on the intermediate representation directly, without having
1327 to do extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
1328 system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel analyses
1329 and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal three address
1330 code representations.</p>
Chris Lattnerfa730212004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001331
1332</div>
1333
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001334<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001335<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001336Classifications</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001337
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001338<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001339
1340<p>The types fall into a few useful classifications:</p>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001341
1342<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001343 <tbody>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001344 <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001345 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001346 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a></td>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001347 <td><tt>i1, i2, i3, ... i8, ... i16, ... i32, ... i64, ... </tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001348 </tr>
1349 <tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001350 <td><a href="#t_floating">floating point</a></td>
1351 <td><tt>float, double, x86_fp80, fp128, ppc_fp128</tt></td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001352 </tr>
1353 <tr>
1354 <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001355 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1356 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1357 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
Dan Gohman0066db62008-06-18 18:42:13 +00001358 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00001359 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1360 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001361 <a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1362 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001363 </td>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001364 </tr>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001365 <tr>
1366 <td><a href="#t_primitive">primitive</a></td>
1367 <td><a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1368 <a href="#t_void">void</a>,
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001369 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1370 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.</td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001371 </tr>
1372 <tr>
1373 <td><a href="#t_derived">derived</a></td>
1374 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1375 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
1376 <a href="#t_function">function</a>,
1377 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
1378 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1379 <a href="#t_pstruct">packed structure</a>,
1380 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
1381 <a href="#t_opaque">opaque</a>.
Dan Gohman01ac1012008-10-14 16:32:04 +00001382 </td>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001383 </tr>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001384 </tbody>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001385</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001386
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001387<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the most
1388 important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be produced by
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001389 instructions.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001390
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001391</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001392
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001393<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001394<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001395
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001396<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001397
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001398<p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001399 system.</p>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001400
Chris Lattner8f8c7b72008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001401</div>
1402
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001403<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001404<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div>
1405
1406<div class="doc_text">
1407
1408<h5>Overview:</h5>
1409<p>The integer type is a very simple type that simply specifies an arbitrary
1410 bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to
1411 2<sup>23</sup>-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p>
1412
1413<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1414<pre>
1415 iN
1416</pre>
1417
1418<p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt>
1419 value.</p>
1420
1421<h5>Examples:</h5>
1422<table class="layout">
1423 <tr class="layout">
1424 <td class="left"><tt>i1</tt></td>
1425 <td class="left">a single-bit integer.</td>
1426 </tr>
1427 <tr class="layout">
1428 <td class="left"><tt>i32</tt></td>
1429 <td class="left">a 32-bit integer.</td>
1430 </tr>
1431 <tr class="layout">
1432 <td class="left"><tt>i1942652</tt></td>
1433 <td class="left">a really big integer of over 1 million bits.</td>
1434 </tr>
1435</table>
1436
1437<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large integer types to be
1438 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large a return type
1439 the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent; currently it's
1440 often 64 bits for 32-bit targets and 128 bits for 64-bit targets.</p>
1441
1442</div>
1443
1444<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001445<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_floating">Floating Point Types</a> </div>
1446
1447<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001448
1449<table>
1450 <tbody>
1451 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
1452 <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1453 <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1454 <tr><td><tt>fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)</td></tr>
1455 <tr><td><tt>x86_fp80</tt></td><td>80-bit floating point value (X87)</td></tr>
1456 <tr><td><tt>ppc_fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)</td></tr>
1457 </tbody>
1458</table>
1459
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001460</div>
1461
1462<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1463<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_void">Void Type</a> </div>
1464
1465<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001466
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001467<h5>Overview:</h5>
1468<p>The void type does not represent any value and has no size.</p>
1469
1470<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001471<pre>
1472 void
1473</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001474
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001475</div>
1476
1477<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1478<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_label">Label Type</a> </div>
1479
1480<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001481
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001482<h5>Overview:</h5>
1483<p>The label type represents code labels.</p>
1484
1485<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001486<pre>
1487 label
1488</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001489
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001490</div>
1491
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001492<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1493<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_metadata">Metadata Type</a> </div>
1494
1495<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001496
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001497<h5>Overview:</h5>
Nick Lewyckyc261df92009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001498<p>The metadata type represents embedded metadata. No derived types may be
1499 created from metadata except for <a href="#t_function">function</a>
1500 arguments.
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001501
1502<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001503<pre>
1504 metadata
1505</pre>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001506
Nick Lewycky7a0370f2009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001507</div>
1508
Chris Lattner4f69f462008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001509
1510<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001511<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001512
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001513<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001514
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001515<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system. This is
1516 what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, pointers, and other
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001517 useful types. Each of these types contain one or more element types which
1518 may be a primitive type, or another derived type. For example, it is
1519 possible to have a two dimensional array, using an array as the element type
1520 of another array.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001521
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001522</div>
Reid Spencer2b916312007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001523
1524<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001525<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001526
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001527<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001528
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001529<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001530<p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001531 sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of elements)
1532 and an underlying data type.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001533
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001534<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001535<pre>
1536 [&lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt;]
1537</pre>
1538
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001539<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; <tt>elementtype</tt> may
1540 be any type with a size.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001541
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001542<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001543<table class="layout">
1544 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001545 <td class="left"><tt>[40 x i32]</tt></td>
1546 <td class="left">Array of 40 32-bit integer values.</td>
1547 </tr>
1548 <tr class="layout">
1549 <td class="left"><tt>[41 x i32]</tt></td>
1550 <td class="left">Array of 41 32-bit integer values.</td>
1551 </tr>
1552 <tr class="layout">
1553 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i8]</tt></td>
1554 <td class="left">Array of 4 8-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001555 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001556</table>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001557<p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p>
1558<table class="layout">
1559 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001560 <td class="left"><tt>[3 x [4 x i32]]</tt></td>
1561 <td class="left">3x4 array of 32-bit integer values.</td>
1562 </tr>
1563 <tr class="layout">
1564 <td class="left"><tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt></td>
1565 <td class="left">12x10 array of single precision floating point values.</td>
1566 </tr>
1567 <tr class="layout">
1568 <td class="left"><tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]</tt></td>
1569 <td class="left">2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001570 </tr>
1571</table>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001572
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001573<p>Note that 'variable sized arrays' can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
1574 length array. Normally, accesses past the end of an array are undefined in
1575 LLVM (e.g. it is illegal to access the 5th element of a 3 element array). As
1576 a special case, however, zero length arrays are recognized to be variable
1577 length. This allows implementation of 'pascal style arrays' with the LLVM
1578 type "<tt>{ i32, [0 x float]}</tt>", for example.</p>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001579
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001580<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large aggregate types to be
1581 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large an aggregate
1582 return type the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent, and
1583 also dependent on the aggregate element types.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001584
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001585</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001586
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001587<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001588<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001589
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001590<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001591
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001592<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001593<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It consists of
1594 a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The return type of a
1595 function type is a scalar type, a void type, or a struct type. If the return
1596 type is a struct type then all struct elements must be of first class types,
1597 and the struct must have at least one element.</p>
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00001598
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001599<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001600<pre>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001601 &lt;returntype&gt; (&lt;parameter list&gt;)
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001602</pre>
1603
John Criswell0ec250c2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001604<p>...where '<tt>&lt;parameter list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001605 specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
1606 which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
1607 Variable argument functions can access their arguments with
1608 the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001609 functions. '<tt>&lt;returntype&gt;</tt>' is a any type except
Nick Lewyckyc261df92009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001610 <a href="#t_label">label</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001611
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001612<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001613<table class="layout">
1614 <tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001615 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32)</tt></td>
1616 <td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001617 </td>
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001618 </tr><tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer9445e9a2007-07-19 23:13:04 +00001619 <td class="left"><tt>float&nbsp;(i16&nbsp;signext,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;*)&nbsp;*
Reid Spencerf17a0b72006-12-31 07:20:23 +00001620 </tt></td>
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001621 <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
1622 an <tt>i16</tt> that should be sign extended and a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001623 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>, returning
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001624 <tt>float</tt>.
1625 </td>
1626 </tr><tr class="layout">
1627 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td>
1628 <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
Reid Spencera5173382007-01-04 16:43:23 +00001629 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
Reid Spencer92f82302006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001630 which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
1631 LLVM.
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001632 </td>
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001633 </tr><tr class="layout">
1634 <td class="left"><tt>{i32, i32} (i32)</tt></td>
Nick Lewycky51386942009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001635 <td class="left">A function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning a
1636 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a> containing two <tt>i32</tt> values
Devang Patela582f402008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001637 </td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001638 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001639</table>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001640
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001641</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001642
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001643<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001644<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001645
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001646<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001647
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001648<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001649<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members together
1650 in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match the ABI of the
1651 underlying processor. The elements of a structure may be any type that has a
1652 size.</p>
1653
1654<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1655 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1656 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1657
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001658<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001659<pre>
1660 { &lt;type list&gt; }
1661</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001662
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001663<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001664<table class="layout">
1665 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001666 <td class="left"><tt>{ i32, i32, i32 }</tt></td>
1667 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1668 </tr><tr class="layout">
1669 <td class="left"><tt>{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1670 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1671 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1672 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1673 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001674 </tr>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001675</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001676
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001677<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large aggregate types to be
1678 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large an aggregate
1679 return type the code generator can currently handle is target-dependent, and
1680 also dependent on the aggregate element types.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001681
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001682</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001683
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001684<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001685<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a>
1686</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001687
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001688<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001689
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001690<h5>Overview:</h5>
1691<p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001692 together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the
1693 alignment of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed
1694 structure may be any type that has a size.</p>
1695
1696<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1697 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1698 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1699
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001700<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001701<pre>
1702 &lt; { &lt;type list&gt; } &gt;
1703</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001704
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001705<h5>Examples:</h5>
1706<table class="layout">
1707 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001708 <td class="left"><tt>&lt; { i32, i32, i32 } &gt;</tt></td>
1709 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1710 </tr><tr class="layout">
Bill Wendlinge36dccc2008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001711 <td class="left">
1712<tt>&lt;&nbsp;{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)*&nbsp;}&nbsp;&gt;</tt></td>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001713 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1714 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1715 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1716 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001717 </tr>
1718</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001719
Andrew Lenharth75e10682006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001720</div>
1721
1722<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001723<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001724
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001725<div class="doc_text">
1726
1727<h5>Overview:</h5>
1728<p>As in many languages, the pointer type represents a pointer or reference to
1729 another object, which must live in memory. Pointer types may have an optional
1730 address space attribute defining the target-specific numbered address space
1731 where the pointed-to object resides. The default address space is zero.</p>
1732
1733<p>Note that LLVM does not permit pointers to void (<tt>void*</tt>) nor does it
1734 permit pointers to labels (<tt>label*</tt>). Use <tt>i8*</tt> instead.</p>
Chris Lattner0fd4a272009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001735
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001736<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001737<pre>
1738 &lt;type&gt; *
1739</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001740
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001741<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001742<table class="layout">
1743 <tr class="layout">
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00001744 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i32]*</tt></td>
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001745 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a
1746 href="#t_array">array</a> of four <tt>i32</tt> values.</td>
1747 </tr>
1748 <tr class="layout">
1749 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32 *) *</tt></td>
1750 <td class="left"> A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001751 href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001752 <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
1753 </tr>
1754 <tr class="layout">
1755 <td class="left"><tt>i32 addrspace(5)*</tt></td>
1756 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to an <tt>i32</tt> value
1757 that resides in address space #5.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001758 </tr>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001759</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001760
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001761</div>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001762
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001763<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001764<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_vector">Vector Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001765
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001766<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001767
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001768<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001769<p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector of elements.
1770 Vector types are used when multiple primitive data are operated in parallel
1771 using a single instruction (SIMD). A vector type requires a size (number of
1772 elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vectors must have a power
1773 of two length (1, 2, 4, 8, 16 ...). Vector types are considered
1774 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001775
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001776<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001777<pre>
1778 &lt; &lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt; &gt;
1779</pre>
1780
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001781<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may be any
1782 integer or floating point type.</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001783
Chris Lattnera58561b2004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001784<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001785<table class="layout">
1786 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001787 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;4 x i32&gt;</tt></td>
1788 <td class="left">Vector of 4 32-bit integer values.</td>
1789 </tr>
1790 <tr class="layout">
1791 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;8 x float&gt;</tt></td>
1792 <td class="left">Vector of 8 32-bit floating-point values.</td>
1793 </tr>
1794 <tr class="layout">
1795 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;2 x i64&gt;</tt></td>
1796 <td class="left">Vector of 2 64-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerd3f876c2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001797 </tr>
1798</table>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001799
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001800<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support large vector types to be
1801 used as function return types. The specific limit on how large a vector
1802 return type codegen can currently handle is target-dependent; currently it's
1803 often a few times longer than a hardware vector register.</p>
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001804
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001805</div>
1806
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001807<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1808<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div>
1809<div class="doc_text">
1810
1811<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001812<p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001813 corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure
1814 type. In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just
1815 a structure type).</p>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001816
1817<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001818<pre>
1819 opaque
1820</pre>
1821
1822<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001823<table class="layout">
1824 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner23ff1f92007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001825 <td class="left"><tt>opaque</tt></td>
1826 <td class="left">An opaque type.</td>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001827 </tr>
1828</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001829
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001830</div>
1831
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001832<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1833<div class="doc_subsection">
1834 <a name="t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a>
1835</div>
1836
1837<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001838
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001839<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001840<p>An "up reference" allows you to refer to a lexically enclosing type without
1841 requiring it to have a name. For instance, a structure declaration may
1842 contain a pointer to any of the types it is lexically a member of. Example
1843 of up references (with their equivalent as named type declarations)
1844 include:</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001845
1846<pre>
Chris Lattner3060f5b2009-02-09 10:00:56 +00001847 { \2 * } %x = type { %x* }
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001848 { \2 }* %y = type { %y }*
1849 \1* %z = type %z*
1850</pre>
1851
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001852<p>An up reference is needed by the asmprinter for printing out cyclic types
1853 when there is no declared name for a type in the cycle. Because the
1854 asmprinter does not want to print out an infinite type string, it needs a
1855 syntax to handle recursive types that have no names (all names are optional
1856 in llvm IR).</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001857
1858<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1859<pre>
1860 \&lt;level&gt;
1861</pre>
1862
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001863<p>The level is the count of the lexical type that is being referred to.</p>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001864
1865<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001866<table class="layout">
1867 <tr class="layout">
1868 <td class="left"><tt>\1*</tt></td>
1869 <td class="left">Self-referential pointer.</td>
1870 </tr>
1871 <tr class="layout">
1872 <td class="left"><tt>{ { \3*, i8 }, i32 }</tt></td>
1873 <td class="left">Recursive structure where the upref refers to the out-most
1874 structure.</td>
1875 </tr>
1876</table>
Chris Lattner242d61d2009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001877
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001878</div>
Chris Lattner69c11bb2005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001879
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001880<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1881<div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div>
1882<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
1883
1884<div class="doc_text">
1885
1886<p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section describes
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001887 them all and their syntax.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001888
1889</div>
1890
1891<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencercc16dc32004-12-09 18:02:53 +00001892<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001893
1894<div class="doc_text">
1895
1896<dl>
1897 <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001898 <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001899 constants of the <tt><a href="#t_integer">i1</a></tt> type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001900
1901 <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001902 <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of
1903 the <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used
1904 with integer types.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001905
1906 <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001907 <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421),
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001908 exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
1909 notation (see below). The assembler requires the exact decimal value of a
1910 floating-point constant. For example, the assembler accepts 1.25 but
1911 rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating decimal in binary. Floating point
1912 constants must have a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001913
1914 <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00001915 <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001916 and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001917</dl>
1918
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001919<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the hexadecimal form of
1920 floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
1921 0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than)
1922 '<tt>double 4.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point
1923 constants are required (and the only time that they are generated by the
1924 disassembler) is when a floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot
1925 be represented as a decimal floating point number in a reasonable number of
1926 digits. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other special values are
1927 represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that assembly and disassembly
1928 do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
1929
Dale Johannesenbd5e5a82009-02-11 22:14:51 +00001930<p>When using the hexadecimal form, constants of types float and double are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001931 represented using the 16-digit form shown above (which matches the IEEE754
1932 representation for double); float values must, however, be exactly
1933 representable as IEE754 single precision. Hexadecimal format is always used
1934 for long double, and there are three forms of long double. The 80-bit format
1935 used by x86 is represented as <tt>0xK</tt> followed by 20 hexadecimal digits.
1936 The 128-bit format used by PowerPC (two adjacent doubles) is represented
1937 by <tt>0xM</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits. The IEEE 128-bit format
1938 is represented by <tt>0xL</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits; no
1939 currently supported target uses this format. Long doubles will only work if
1940 they match the long double format on your target. All hexadecimal formats
1941 are big-endian (sign bit at the left).</p>
1942
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001943</div>
1944
1945<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00001946<div class="doc_subsection">
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00001947<a name="aggregateconstants"></a> <!-- old anchor -->
1948<a name="complexconstants">Complex Constants</a>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001949</div>
1950
1951<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001952
Chris Lattner70882792009-02-28 18:32:25 +00001953<p>Complex constants are a (potentially recursive) combination of simple
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001954 constants and smaller complex constants.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001955
1956<dl>
1957 <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001958 <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001959 type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
1960 (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }</tt>",
1961 where "<tt>@G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>".
1962 Structure constants must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and
1963 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
1964 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001965
1966 <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001967 <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001968 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square
1969 brackets (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74
1970 ]</tt>". Array constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and
1971 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
1972 type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001973
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001974 <dt><b>Vector constants</b></dt>
Reid Spencer485bad12007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001975 <dd>Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001976 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
1977 less-than/greater-than's (<tt>&lt;&gt;</tt>)). For example: "<tt>&lt; i32
1978 42, i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 &gt;</tt>". Vector constants must
1979 have <a href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of
1980 elements must match those specified by the type.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001981
1982 <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001983 <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001984 value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and aggregate types.
1985 This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers
1986 (e.g. for large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit
1987 zero initializers.</dd>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00001988
1989 <dt><b>Metadata node</b></dt>
Nick Lewycky1e8c7a62009-05-30 16:08:30 +00001990 <dd>A metadata node is a structure-like constant with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001991 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata type</a>. For example: "<tt>metadata !{
1992 i32 0, metadata !"test" }</tt>". Unlike other constants that are meant to
1993 be interpreted as part of the instruction stream, metadata is a place to
1994 attach additional information such as debug info.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001995</dl>
1996
1997</div>
1998
1999<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2000<div class="doc_subsection">
2001 <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
2002</div>
2003
2004<div class="doc_text">
2005
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002006<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a>
2007 and <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid
2008 (link-time) constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when
2009 the <a href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always
2010 have <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a
2011 legal LLVM file:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002012
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002013<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002014<pre>
Chris Lattnera18a4242007-06-06 18:28:13 +00002015@X = global i32 17
2016@Y = global i32 42
2017@Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ]
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002018</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002019</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002020
2021</div>
2022
2023<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2dc45b82004-12-09 18:13:12 +00002024<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002025<div class="doc_text">
2026
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002027<p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' can be used anywhere a constant is expected, and
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002028 indicates that the user of the value may receive an unspecified bit-pattern.
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002029 Undefined values may be of any type (other than label or void) and be used
2030 anywhere a constant is permitted.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002031
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002032<p>Undefined values are useful because they indicate to the compiler that the
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002033 program is well defined no matter what value is used. This gives the
2034 compiler more freedom to optimize. Here are some examples of (potentially
2035 surprising) transformations that are valid (in pseudo IR):</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002036
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002037
2038<div class="doc_code">
2039<pre>
2040 %A = add %X, undef
2041 %B = sub %X, undef
2042 %C = xor %X, undef
2043Safe:
2044 %A = undef
2045 %B = undef
2046 %C = undef
2047</pre>
2048</div>
2049
2050<p>This is safe because all of the output bits are affected by the undef bits.
2051Any output bit can have a zero or one depending on the input bits.</p>
2052
2053<div class="doc_code">
2054<pre>
2055 %A = or %X, undef
2056 %B = and %X, undef
2057Safe:
2058 %A = -1
2059 %B = 0
2060Unsafe:
2061 %A = undef
2062 %B = undef
2063</pre>
2064</div>
2065
2066<p>These logical operations have bits that are not always affected by the input.
2067For example, if "%X" has a zero bit, then the output of the 'and' operation will
2068always be a zero, no matter what the corresponding bit from the undef is. As
Chris Lattnerc608cb12009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002069such, it is unsafe to optimize or assume that the result of the and is undef.
2070However, it is safe to assume that all bits of the undef could be 0, and
2071optimize the and to 0. Likewise, it is safe to assume that all the bits of
2072the undef operand to the or could be set, allowing the or to be folded to
2073-1.</p>
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002074
2075<div class="doc_code">
2076<pre>
2077 %A = select undef, %X, %Y
2078 %B = select undef, 42, %Y
2079 %C = select %X, %Y, undef
2080Safe:
2081 %A = %X (or %Y)
2082 %B = 42 (or %Y)
2083 %C = %Y
2084Unsafe:
2085 %A = undef
2086 %B = undef
2087 %C = undef
2088</pre>
2089</div>
2090
2091<p>This set of examples show that undefined select (and conditional branch)
2092conditions can go "either way" but they have to come from one of the two
2093operands. In the %A example, if %X and %Y were both known to have a clear low
2094bit, then %A would have to have a cleared low bit. However, in the %C example,
2095the optimizer is allowed to assume that the undef operand could be the same as
2096%Y, allowing the whole select to be eliminated.</p>
2097
2098
2099<div class="doc_code">
2100<pre>
2101 %A = xor undef, undef
2102
2103 %B = undef
2104 %C = xor %B, %B
2105
2106 %D = undef
2107 %E = icmp lt %D, 4
2108 %F = icmp gte %D, 4
2109
2110Safe:
2111 %A = undef
2112 %B = undef
2113 %C = undef
2114 %D = undef
2115 %E = undef
2116 %F = undef
2117</pre>
2118</div>
2119
2120<p>This example points out that two undef operands are not necessarily the same.
2121This can be surprising to people (and also matches C semantics) where they
2122assume that "X^X" is always zero, even if X is undef. This isn't true for a
2123number of reasons, but the short answer is that an undef "variable" can
2124arbitrarily change its value over its "live range". This is true because the
2125"variable" doesn't actually <em>have a live range</em>. Instead, the value is
2126logically read from arbitrary registers that happen to be around when needed,
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002127so the value is not necessarily consistent over time. In fact, %A and %C need
Chris Lattner349eb412009-09-08 15:13:16 +00002128to have the same semantics or the core LLVM "replace all uses with" concept
Chris Lattner48a109c2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002129would not hold.</p>
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002130
2131<div class="doc_code">
2132<pre>
2133 %A = fdiv undef, %X
2134 %B = fdiv %X, undef
2135Safe:
2136 %A = undef
2137b: unreachable
2138</pre>
2139</div>
2140
2141<p>These examples show the crucial difference between an <em>undefined
2142value</em> and <em>undefined behavior</em>. An undefined value (like undef) is
2143allowed to have an arbitrary bit-pattern. This means that the %A operation
2144can be constant folded to undef because the undef could be an SNaN, and fdiv is
2145not (currently) defined on SNaN's. However, in the second example, we can make
2146a more aggressive assumption: because the undef is allowed to be an arbitrary
2147value, we are allowed to assume that it could be zero. Since a divide by zero
Chris Lattner8e371aa2009-09-08 19:45:34 +00002148has <em>undefined behavior</em>, we are allowed to assume that the operation
Chris Lattner6e9057b2009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002149does not execute at all. This allows us to delete the divide and all code after
2150it: since the undefined operation "can't happen", the optimizer can assume that
2151it occurs in dead code.
2152</p>
2153
2154<div class="doc_code">
2155<pre>
2156a: store undef -> %X
2157b: store %X -> undef
2158Safe:
2159a: &lt;deleted&gt;
2160b: unreachable
2161</pre>
2162</div>
2163
2164<p>These examples reiterate the fdiv example: a store "of" an undefined value
2165can be assumed to not have any effect: we can assume that the value is
2166overwritten with bits that happen to match what was already there. However, a
2167store "to" an undefined location could clobber arbitrary memory, therefore, it
2168has undefined behavior.</p>
2169
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002170</div>
2171
2172<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2173<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
2174</div>
2175
2176<div class="doc_text">
2177
2178<p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002179 to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of
2180 any <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM
2181 operation that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not
2182 supported). The following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002183
2184<dl>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002185 <dt><b><tt>trunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002186 <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
2187 than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002188
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002189 <dt><b><tt>zext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002190 <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2191 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2192 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002193
2194 <dt><b><tt>sext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002195 <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2196 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2197 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002198
2199 <dt><b><tt>fptrunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002200 <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
2201 size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
2202 floating point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002203
2204 <dt><b><tt>fpext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002205 <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
2206 smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating
2207 point.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002208
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00002209 <dt><b><tt>fptoui ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002210 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002211 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2212 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2213 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2214 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002215
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002216 <dt><b><tt>fptosi ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002217 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002218 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2219 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2220 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2221 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002222
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002223 <dt><b><tt>uitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002224 <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002225 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2226 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2227 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2228 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002229
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002230 <dt><b><tt>sitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002231 <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002232 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2233 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2234 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2235 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002236
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002237 <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
2238 <dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002239 <tt>TYPE</tt> must be an integer type. <tt>CST</tt> must be of pointer
2240 type. The <tt>CST</tt> value is zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to
2241 make it fit in <tt>TYPE</tt>.</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002242
2243 <dt><b><tt>inttoptr ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002244 <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a pointer
2245 type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
2246 truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
2247 <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002248
2249 <dt><b><tt>bitcast ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattner03bbad62009-02-28 18:27:03 +00002250 <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The constraints of the operands
2251 are the same as those for the <a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast
2252 instruction</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002253
2254 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00002255 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr inbounds ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002256 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002257 constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
2258 instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are
2259 required to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002260
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002261 <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002262 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Reid Spencer01c42592006-12-04 19:23:19 +00002263
2264 <dt><b><tt>icmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2265 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
2266
2267 <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2268 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002269
2270 <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002271 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement operation</a> on
2272 constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino9fbe1452006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002273
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00002274 <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002275 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement operation</a> on
2276 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002277
2278 <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002279 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector operation</a> on
2280 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattnerc1989542006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002281
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002282 <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002283 <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
2284 be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a>
2285 or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary</a> operations. The constraints
2286 on operands are the same as those for the corresponding instruction
2287 (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point values are allowed).</dd>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002288</dl>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002289
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002290</div>
Chris Lattner9ee5d222004-03-08 16:49:10 +00002291
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002292<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2293<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="metadata">Embedded Metadata</a>
2294</div>
2295
2296<div class="doc_text">
2297
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002298<p>Embedded metadata provides a way to attach arbitrary data to the instruction
2299 stream without affecting the behaviour of the program. There are two
2300 metadata primitives, strings and nodes. All metadata has the
2301 <tt>metadata</tt> type and is identified in syntax by a preceding exclamation
2302 point ('<tt>!</tt>').</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002303
2304<p>A metadata string is a string surrounded by double quotes. It can contain
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002305 any character by escaping non-printable characters with "\xx" where "xx" is
2306 the two digit hex code. For example: "<tt>!"test\00"</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002307
2308<p>Metadata nodes are represented with notation similar to structure constants
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002309 (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces and preceded by an
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002310 exclamation point). For example: "<tt>!{ metadata !"test\00", i32
2311 10}</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002312
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002313<p>A metadata node will attempt to track changes to the values it holds. In the
2314 event that a value is deleted, it will be replaced with a typeless
2315 "<tt>null</tt>", such as "<tt>metadata !{null, i32 10}</tt>".</p>
Nick Lewyckycb337992009-05-10 20:57:05 +00002316
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002317<p>Optimizations may rely on metadata to provide additional information about
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002318 the program that isn't available in the instructions, or that isn't easily
2319 computable. Similarly, the code generator may expect a certain metadata
2320 format to be used to express debugging information.</p>
2321
Nick Lewycky21cc4462009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002322</div>
2323
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002324<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002325<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
2326<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2327
2328<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2329<div class="doc_subsection">
2330<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
2331</div>
2332
2333<div class="doc_text">
2334
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002335<p>LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed
2336 to <a href="#moduleasm"> Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of
2337 a special value. This value represents the inline assembler as a string
2338 (containing the instructions to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002339 as a string), a flag that indicates whether or not the inline asm
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002340 expression has side effects, and a flag indicating whether the function
2341 containing the asm needs to align its stack conservatively. An example
2342 inline assembler expression is:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002343
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002344<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002345<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002346i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002347</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002348</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002349
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002350<p>Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
2351 a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we
2352 have:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002353
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002354<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002355<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002356%X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002357</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002358</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002359
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002360<p>Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be
2361 marked as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
2362 '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002363
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002364<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002365<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002366call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002367</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002368</div>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002369
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002370<p>In some cases inline asms will contain code that will not work unless the
2371 stack is aligned in some way, such as calls or SSE instructions on x86,
2372 yet will not contain code that does that alignment within the asm.
2373 The compiler should make conservative assumptions about what the asm might
2374 contain and should generate its usual stack alignment code in the prologue
2375 if the '<tt>alignstack</tt>' keyword is present:</p>
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002376
2377<div class="doc_code">
2378<pre>
Dale Johannesen8ba2d5b2009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002379call void asm alignstack "eieio", ""()
Dale Johannesen09fed252009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002380</pre>
2381</div>
2382
2383<p>If both keywords appear the '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword must come
2384 first.</p>
2385
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002386<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002387 documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving,
2388 etc need to be documented). This is probably best done by reference to
2389 another document that covers inline asm from a holistic perspective.</p>
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002390
2391</div>
2392
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002393
2394<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2395<div class="doc_section">
2396 <a name="intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
2397</div>
2398<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2399
2400<p>LLVM has a number of "magic" global variables that contain data that affect
2401code generation or other IR semantics. These are documented here. All globals
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002402of this sort should have a section specified as "<tt>llvm.metadata</tt>". This
2403section and all globals that start with "<tt>llvm.</tt>" are reserved for use
2404by LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002405
2406<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2407<div class="doc_subsection">
2408<a name="intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2409</div>
2410
2411<div class="doc_text">
2412
2413<p>The <tt>@llvm.used</tt> global is an array with i8* element type which has <a
2414href="#linkage_appending">appending linkage</a>. This array contains a list of
2415pointers to global variables and functions which may optionally have a pointer
2416cast formed of bitcast or getelementptr. For example, a legal use of it is:</p>
2417
2418<pre>
2419 @X = global i8 4
2420 @Y = global i32 123
2421
2422 @llvm.used = appending global [2 x i8*] [
2423 i8* @X,
2424 i8* bitcast (i32* @Y to i8*)
2425 ], section "llvm.metadata"
2426</pre>
2427
2428<p>If a global variable appears in the <tt>@llvm.used</tt> list, then the
2429compiler, assembler, and linker are required to treat the symbol as if there is
2430a reference to the global that it cannot see. For example, if a variable has
2431internal linkage and no references other than that from the <tt>@llvm.used</tt>
2432list, it cannot be deleted. This is commonly used to represent references from
2433inline asms and other things the compiler cannot "see", and corresponds to
2434"attribute((used))" in GNU C.</p>
2435
2436<p>On some targets, the code generator must emit a directive to the assembler or
2437object file to prevent the assembler and linker from molesting the symbol.</p>
2438
2439</div>
2440
2441<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2442<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner401e10c2009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002443<a name="intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2444</div>
2445
2446<div class="doc_text">
2447
2448<p>The <tt>@llvm.compiler.used</tt> directive is the same as the
2449<tt>@llvm.used</tt> directive, except that it only prevents the compiler from
2450touching the symbol. On targets that support it, this allows an intelligent
2451linker to optimize references to the symbol without being impeded as it would be
2452by <tt>@llvm.used</tt>.</p>
2453
2454<p>This is a rare construct that should only be used in rare circumstances, and
2455should not be exposed to source languages.</p>
2456
2457</div>
2458
2459<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2460<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner857755c2009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002461<a name="intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2462</div>
2463
2464<div class="doc_text">
2465
2466<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2467
2468</div>
2469
2470<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2471<div class="doc_subsection">
2472<a name="intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2473</div>
2474
2475<div class="doc_text">
2476
2477<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2478
2479</div>
2480
2481
Chris Lattnere87d6532006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002482<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002483<div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div>
2484<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002485
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002486<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002487
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002488<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different classifications of
2489 instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
2490 instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
2491 <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>,
2492 <a href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and
2493 <a href="#otherops">other instructions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002494
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002495</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002496
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002497<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002498<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator
2499Instructions</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002500
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002501<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002502
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002503<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every basic block
2504 in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which indicates which
2505 block should be executed after the current block is finished. These
2506 terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>' value: they produce
2507 control flow, not values (the one exception being the
2508 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
2509
2510<p>There are six different terminator instructions: the
2511 '<a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the
2512 '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>' instruction, the
2513 '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction, the
2514 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the
2515 '<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the
2516 '<a href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002517
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002518</div>
Chris Lattnerc3f59762004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002519
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002520<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002521<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>'
2522Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002523
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002524<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002525
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002526<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002527<pre>
2528 ret &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002529 ret void <i>; Return from void function</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002530</pre>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002531
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002532<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002533<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and optionally
2534 a value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
2535
2536<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that returns a
2537 value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes control flow to
2538 occur.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002539
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002540<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002541<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction optionally accepts a single argument, the
2542 return value. The type of the return value must be a
2543 '<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.</p>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002544
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002545<p>A function is not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if it it has a
2546 non-void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with no return
2547 value or a return value with a type that does not match its type, or if it
2548 has a void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with a
2549 return value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002550
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002551<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002552<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow returns back to
2553 the calling function's context. If the caller is a
2554 "<a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at the
2555 instruction after the call. If the caller was an
2556 "<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
2557 the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction returns
2558 a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's return
2559 value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002560
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002561<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf4cde4e2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002562<pre>
2563 ret i32 5 <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i>
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002564 ret void <i>; Return from a void function</i>
Bill Wendling0a4bbbf2009-02-28 22:12:54 +00002565 ret { i32, i8 } { i32 4, i8 2 } <i>; Return a struct of values 4 and 2</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002566</pre>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002567
Dan Gohmand8791e52009-01-24 15:58:40 +00002568<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support large
2569 return values. The specific sizes that are currently supported are
2570 dependent on the target. For integers, on 32-bit targets the limit
2571 is often 64 bits, and on 64-bit targets the limit is often 128 bits.
2572 For aggregate types, the current limits are dependent on the element
2573 types; for example targets are often limited to 2 total integer
2574 elements and 2 total floating-point elements.</p>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002575
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002576</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002577<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002578<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002579
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002580<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002581
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002582<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002583<pre>
2584 br i1 &lt;cond&gt;, label &lt;iftrue&gt;, label &lt;iffalse&gt;<br> br label &lt;dest&gt; <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002585</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002586
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002587<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002588<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to a
2589 different basic block in the current function. There are two forms of this
2590 instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch and an unconditional
2591 branch.</p>
2592
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002593<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002594<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single
2595 '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The unconditional form
2596 of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single '<tt>label</tt>' value as a
2597 target.</p>
2598
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002599<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002600<p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>i1</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002601 argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows to the
2602 '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
2603 control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
2604
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002605<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingc39e3e02009-07-20 02:39:26 +00002606<pre>
2607Test:
2608 %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq i32 %a, %b
2609 br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal
2610IfEqual:
2611 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1
2612IfUnequal:
2613 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0
2614</pre>
2615
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002616</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002617
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002618<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002619<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2620 <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a>
2621</div>
2622
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002623<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002624
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002625<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002626<pre>
2627 switch &lt;intty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, label &lt;defaultdest&gt; [ &lt;intty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, label &lt;dest&gt; ... ]
2628</pre>
2629
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002630<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002631<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002632 several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
2633 instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
2634 destinations.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002635
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002636<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002637<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002638 comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination,
2639 and an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s.
2640 The table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002641
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002642<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002643<p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002644 destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this table
2645 is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
Benjamin Kramer8040cd32009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002646 transferred to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
2647 transferred to the default destination.</p>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002648
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002649<h5>Implementation:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002650<p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002651 <tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in
2652 different ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained
2653 conditional branches or with a lookup table.</p>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002654
2655<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002656<pre>
2657 <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002658 %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> i1 %value to i32
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002659 switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [ i32 0, label %falsedest ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002660
2661 <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002662 switch i32 0, label %dest [ ]
Chris Lattnerc88c17b2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002663
2664 <i>; Implement a jump table:</i>
Dan Gohman2a08c532009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002665 switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero
2666 i32 1, label %onone
2667 i32 2, label %ontwo ]
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002668</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002669
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002670</div>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002671
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002672<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002673<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2674 <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
2675</div>
2676
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002677<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002678
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002679<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002680<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002681 &lt;result&gt; = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ptr to function ty&gt; &lt;function ptr val&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner76b8a332006-05-14 18:23:06 +00002682 to label &lt;normal label&gt; unwind label &lt;exception label&gt;
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002683</pre>
2684
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00002685<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002686<p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002687 function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
2688 '<tt>normal</tt>' label or the '<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee
2689 function returns with the "<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction,
2690 control flow will return to the "normal" label. If the callee (or any
2691 indirect callees) returns with the "<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>"
2692 instruction, control is interrupted and continued at the dynamically nearest
2693 "exception" label.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002694
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002695<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002696<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002697
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002698<ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002699 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
2700 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
2701 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002702
2703 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002704 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
2705 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00002706
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002707 <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002708 function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
2709 invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching
2710 off an arbitrary pointer to function value.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002711
2712 <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002713 function to be invoked. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002714
2715 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002716 signature argument types. If the function signature indicates the
2717 function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra arguments can
2718 be specified.</li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002719
2720 <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002721 executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002722
2723 <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002724 the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002725
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00002726 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002727 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
2728 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002729</ol>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002730
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002731<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002732<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard
2733 '<tt><a href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The
2734 primary difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which
2735 is used by the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002736
2737<p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002738 cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
2739 exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
2740 '<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002741
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002742<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the definition of the value returned by the
2743 '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction is deemed to occur on the edge from the current
2744 block to the "normal" label. If the callee unwinds then no return value is
2745 available.</p>
Dan Gohmanf96a4992009-05-22 21:47:08 +00002746
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002747<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbad10ee2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002748<pre>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00002749 %retval = invoke i32 @Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002750 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Nick Lewyckyd703f652008-03-16 07:18:12 +00002751 %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Testfnptr(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00002752 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002753</pre>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002754
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002755</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002756
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002757<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002758
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002759<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'
2760Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002761
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002762<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002763
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002764<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002765<pre>
2766 unwind
2767</pre>
2768
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002769<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002770<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002771 at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used
2772 an <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call.
2773 This is primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002774
Chris Lattner27f71f22003-09-03 00:41:47 +00002775<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner72ed2002008-04-19 21:01:16 +00002776<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction causes execution of the current function to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002777 immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the
2778 first <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack.
2779 Once found, execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block
2780 specified by the <tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt>
2781 instruction in the dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
2782
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002783</div>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002784
2785<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2786
2787<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>'
2788Instruction</a> </div>
2789
2790<div class="doc_text">
2791
2792<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2793<pre>
2794 unreachable
2795</pre>
2796
2797<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002798<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002799 instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
2800 code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
2801 no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002802
2803<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002804<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002805
Chris Lattner35eca582004-10-16 18:04:13 +00002806</div>
2807
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002808<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002809<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002810
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002811<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002812
2813<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a program. They
2814 require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and
2815 produce a single value. The operands might represent multiple data, as is
2816 the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type. The result value
2817 has the same type as its operands.</p>
2818
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002819<p>There are several different binary operators:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002820
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002821</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002822
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002823<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002824<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2825 <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a>
2826</div>
2827
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002828<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002829
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002830<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002831<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002832 &lt;result&gt; = add &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00002833 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2834 &lt;result&gt; = add nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2835 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002836</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002837
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002838<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002839<p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002840
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002841<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002842<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must
2843 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2844 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002845
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002846<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002847<p>The value produced is the integer sum of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002848
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002849<p>If the sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the mathematical
2850 result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002851
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002852<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
2853 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002854
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002855<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
2856 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
2857 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>add</tt>
2858 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002859
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002860<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002861<pre>
2862 &lt;result&gt; = add i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002863</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002864
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002865</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002866
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002867<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002868<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002869 <a name="i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a>
2870</div>
2871
2872<div class="doc_text">
2873
2874<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002875<pre>
2876 &lt;result&gt; = fadd &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2877</pre>
2878
2879<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002880<p>The '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
2881
2882<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002883<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002884 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2885 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002886
2887<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002888<p>The value produced is the floating point sum of the two operands.</p>
2889
2890<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002891<pre>
2892 &lt;result&gt; = fadd float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 + %var</i>
2893</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002894
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002895</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002896
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002897<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2898<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002899 <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a>
2900</div>
2901
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002902<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002903
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002904<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002905<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002906 &lt;result&gt; = sub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00002907 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2908 &lt;result&gt; = sub nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2909 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002910</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002911
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002912<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002913<p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002914 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002915
2916<p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002917 '<tt>neg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
2918 representations.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002919
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002920<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002921<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must
2922 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2923 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002924
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002925<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002926<p>The value produced is the integer difference of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002927
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002928<p>If the difference has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002929 mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the
2930 result.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002931
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002932<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
2933 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002934
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002935<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
2936 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
2937 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>sub</tt>
2938 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00002939
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002940<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingaac388b2007-05-29 09:42:13 +00002941<pre>
2942 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002943 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 0, %val <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002944</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002945
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002946</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002947
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002948<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002949<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002950 <a name="i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a>
2951</div>
2952
2953<div class="doc_text">
2954
2955<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002956<pre>
2957 &lt;result&gt; = fsub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2958</pre>
2959
2960<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002961<p>The '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002962 operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002963
2964<p>Note that the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002965 '<tt>fneg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
2966 representations.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002967
2968<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9fe2982009-07-20 02:32:41 +00002969<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002970 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
2971 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002972
2973<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002974<p>The value produced is the floating point difference of the two operands.</p>
2975
2976<h5>Example:</h5>
2977<pre>
2978 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 - %var</i>
2979 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float -0.0, %val <i>; yields {float}:result = -%var</i>
2980</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002981
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00002982</div>
2983
2984<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2985<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002986 <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a>
2987</div>
2988
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002989<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00002990
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002991<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002992<pre>
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00002993 &lt;result&gt; = mul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00002994 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2995 &lt;result&gt; = mul nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
2996 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002997</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002998
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002999<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003000<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003001
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003002<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003003<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must
3004 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3005 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003006
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003007<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003008<p>The value produced is the integer product of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003009
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003010<p>If the result of the multiplication has unsigned overflow, the result
3011 returned is the mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit
3012 width of the result.</p>
3013
3014<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the result
3015 is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the correct
3016 result for both signed and unsigned integers. If a full product
3017 (e.g. <tt>i32</tt>x<tt>i32</tt>-><tt>i64</tt>) is needed, the operands should
3018 be sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the width of the full
3019 product.</p>
3020
Dan Gohman08d012e2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003021<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3022 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3023 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>mul</tt>
3024 is undefined if unsigned and/or signed overflow, respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003025
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003026<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003027<pre>
3028 &lt;result&gt; = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003029</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003030
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003031</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003032
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003033<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003034<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3035 <a name="i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3036</div>
3037
3038<div class="doc_text">
3039
3040<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003041<pre>
3042 &lt;result&gt; = fmul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003043</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003044
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003045<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003046<p>The '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003047
3048<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003049<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003050 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3051 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003052
3053<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003054<p>The value produced is the floating point product of the two operands.</p>
3055
3056<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003057<pre>
3058 &lt;result&gt; = fmul float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 * %var</i>
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003059</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003060
Dan Gohmanae3a0be2009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003061</div>
3062
3063<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003064<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction
3065</a></div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003066
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003067<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003068
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003069<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003070<pre>
3071 &lt;result&gt; = udiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003072</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003073
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003074<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003075<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003076
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003077<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3078<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003079 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3080 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003081
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003082<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003083<p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003084
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003085<p>Note that unsigned integer division and signed integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003086 operations; for signed integer division, use '<tt>sdiv</tt>'.</p>
3087
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003088<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003089
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003090<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003091<pre>
3092 &lt;result&gt; = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003093</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003094
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003095</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003096
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003097<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3098<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction
3099</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003100
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003101<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003102
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003103<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003104<pre>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003105 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmanfdfca792009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003106 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv exact &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003107</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003108
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003109<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003110<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003111
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003112<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003113<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003114 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3115 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003116
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003117<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003118<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands rounded
3119 towards zero.</p>
3120
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003121<p>Note that signed integer division and unsigned integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003122 operations; for unsigned integer division, use '<tt>udiv</tt>'.</p>
3123
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003124<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior. Overflow also leads to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003125 undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example, by doing
3126 a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.</p>
3127
Dan Gohman9c5beed2009-07-22 00:04:19 +00003128<p>If the <tt>exact</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
3129 <tt>sdiv</tt> is undefined if the result would be rounded or if overflow
3130 would occur.</p>
Dan Gohmancbb38f22009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003131
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003132<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003133<pre>
3134 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003135</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003136
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003137</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003138
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003139<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3140<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>'
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003141Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003142
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003143<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003144
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003145<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003146<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003147 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003148</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003149
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003150<h5>Overview:</h5>
3151<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003152
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003153<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003154<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003155 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3156 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003157
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003158<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer1628cec2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003159<p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003160
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003161<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003162<pre>
3163 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003164</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003165
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003166</div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003167
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003168<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003169<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3170</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003171
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003172<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003173
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003174<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003175<pre>
3176 &lt;result&gt; = urem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003177</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003178
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003179<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003180<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the unsigned
3181 division of its two arguments.</p>
3182
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003183<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003184<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003185 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3186 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3187
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003188<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3189<p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003190 This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the
3191 remainder.</p>
3192
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003193<p>Note that unsigned integer remainder and signed integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003194 distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '<tt>srem</tt>'.</p>
3195
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003196<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003197
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003198<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003199<pre>
3200 &lt;result&gt; = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003201</pre>
3202
3203</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003204
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003205<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003206<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3207 <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3208</div>
3209
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003210<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003211
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003212<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003213<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003214 &lt;result&gt; = srem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003215</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003216
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003217<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003218<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the signed
3219 division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
3220 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case the
3221 elements must be integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00003222
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003223<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003224<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003225 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3226 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003227
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003228<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003229<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003230 has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>op1</tt>), not the <i>modulo</i>
3231 operator (where the result has the same sign as the divisor, <tt>op2</tt>) of
3232 a value. For more information about the difference,
3233 see <a href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
3234 Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages,
3235 please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation">
3236 Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p>
3237
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003238<p>Note that signed integer remainder and unsigned integer remainder are
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003239 distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '<tt>urem</tt>'.</p>
3240
Chris Lattner5ec89832008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003241<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003242 Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can
3243 occur, for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of
3244 -2147483648 by -1. (The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this rule
3245 lets srem be implemented using instructions that return both the result of
3246 the division and the remainder.)</p>
3247
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003248<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003249<pre>
3250 &lt;result&gt; = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003251</pre>
3252
3253</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003254
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003255<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003256<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3257 <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
3258
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003259<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003260
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003261<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003262<pre>
3263 &lt;result&gt; = frem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003264</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003265
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003266<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003267<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the division of
3268 its two operands.</p>
3269
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003270<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3271<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003272 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3273 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003274
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003275<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003276<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division. The remainder
3277 has the same sign as the dividend.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003278
Reid Spencer0a783f72006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003279<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003280<pre>
3281 &lt;result&gt; = frem float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i>
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003282</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003283
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003284</div>
Robert Bocchino7b81c752006-02-17 21:18:08 +00003285
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003286<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3287<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary
3288Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003289
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003290<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003291
3292<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of bit-twiddling in a
3293 program. They are generally very efficient instructions and can commonly be
3294 strength reduced from other instructions. They require two operands of the
3295 same type, execute an operation on them, and produce a single value. The
3296 resulting value is the same type as its operands.</p>
3297
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003298</div>
3299
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003300<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3301<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>'
3302Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003303
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003304<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003305
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003306<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003307<pre>
3308 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003309</pre>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003310
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003311<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003312<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to the left
3313 a specified number of bits.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003314
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003315<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003316<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the
3317 same <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3318 integer type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003319
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003320<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003321<p>The value produced is <tt>op1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>op2</tt></sup> mod
3322 2<sup>n</sup>, where <tt>n</tt> is the width of the result. If <tt>op2</tt>
3323 is (statically or dynamically) negative or equal to or larger than the number
3324 of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3325 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3326 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003327
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003328<h5>Example:</h5>
3329<pre>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003330 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}: 4 &lt;&lt; %var</i>
3331 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}: 16</i>
3332 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 10 <i>; yields {i32}: 1024</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003333 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003334 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 1, i32 1&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 2, i32 4&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003335</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003336
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003337</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003338
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003339<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3340<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>'
3341Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003342
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003343<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003344
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003345<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003346<pre>
3347 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003348</pre>
3349
3350<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003351<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
3352 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003353
3354<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3355<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003356 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3357 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003358
3359<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3360<p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The most
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003361 significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the shift.
3362 If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than the
3363 number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3364 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3365 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003366
3367<h5>Example:</h5>
3368<pre>
3369 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3370 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3371 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3372 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003373 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003374 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 0x7FFFFFFF, i32 1&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003375</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003376
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003377</div>
3378
Reid Spencer8e11bf82007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003379<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003380<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>'
3381Instruction</a> </div>
3382<div class="doc_text">
3383
3384<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003385<pre>
3386 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003387</pre>
3388
3389<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003390<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
3391 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign
3392 extension.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003393
3394<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3395<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003396 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3397 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003398
3399<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003400<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation, The
3401 most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
3402 of <tt>op1</tt>. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or
3403 larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If
3404 the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by
3405 the corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003406
3407<h5>Example:</h5>
3408<pre>
3409 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3410 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3411 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3412 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = -1</i>
Chris Lattner6ccc2d52007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003413 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wange9f10152008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003414 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -1, i32 0&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003415</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003416
Reid Spencer569f2fa2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003417</div>
3418
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003419<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003420<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>'
3421Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003422
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003423<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003424
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003425<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003426<pre>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003427 &lt;result&gt; = and &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003428</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003429
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003430<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003431<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of its two
3432 operands.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003433
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003434<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003435<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003436 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3437 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003438
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003439<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003440<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003441
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003442<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003443 <tbody>
3444 <tr>
3445 <td>In0</td>
3446 <td>In1</td>
3447 <td>Out</td>
3448 </tr>
3449 <tr>
3450 <td>0</td>
3451 <td>0</td>
3452 <td>0</td>
3453 </tr>
3454 <tr>
3455 <td>0</td>
3456 <td>1</td>
3457 <td>0</td>
3458 </tr>
3459 <tr>
3460 <td>1</td>
3461 <td>0</td>
3462 <td>0</td>
3463 </tr>
3464 <tr>
3465 <td>1</td>
3466 <td>1</td>
3467 <td>1</td>
3468 </tr>
3469 </tbody>
3470</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003471
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003472<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003473<pre>
3474 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 &amp; %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003475 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 8</i>
3476 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 0</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003477</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003478</div>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003479<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003480<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003481
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003482<div class="doc_text">
3483
3484<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3485<pre>
3486 &lt;result&gt; = or &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3487</pre>
3488
3489<h5>Overview:</h5>
3490<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive or of its
3491 two operands.</p>
3492
3493<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003494<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003495 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3496 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3497
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003498<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003499<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003500
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003501<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3502 <tbody>
3503 <tr>
3504 <td>In0</td>
3505 <td>In1</td>
3506 <td>Out</td>
3507 </tr>
3508 <tr>
3509 <td>0</td>
3510 <td>0</td>
3511 <td>0</td>
3512 </tr>
3513 <tr>
3514 <td>0</td>
3515 <td>1</td>
3516 <td>1</td>
3517 </tr>
3518 <tr>
3519 <td>1</td>
3520 <td>0</td>
3521 <td>1</td>
3522 </tr>
3523 <tr>
3524 <td>1</td>
3525 <td>1</td>
3526 <td>1</td>
3527 </tr>
3528 </tbody>
3529</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003530
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003531<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003532<pre>
3533 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003534 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i>
3535 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003536</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003537
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003538</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003539
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003540<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003541<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>'
3542Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003543
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003544<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003545
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003546<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003547<pre>
3548 &lt;result&gt; = xor &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003549</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003550
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003551<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003552<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive or of
3553 its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the "one's
3554 complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
3555
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003556<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003557<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003558 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3559 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003560
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003561<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003562<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003563
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003564<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3565 <tbody>
3566 <tr>
3567 <td>In0</td>
3568 <td>In1</td>
3569 <td>Out</td>
3570 </tr>
3571 <tr>
3572 <td>0</td>
3573 <td>0</td>
3574 <td>0</td>
3575 </tr>
3576 <tr>
3577 <td>0</td>
3578 <td>1</td>
3579 <td>1</td>
3580 </tr>
3581 <tr>
3582 <td>1</td>
3583 <td>0</td>
3584 <td>1</td>
3585 </tr>
3586 <tr>
3587 <td>1</td>
3588 <td>1</td>
3589 <td>0</td>
3590 </tr>
3591 </tbody>
3592</table>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003593
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003594<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003595<pre>
3596 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003597 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i>
3598 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
3599 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 %V, -1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003600</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003601
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003602</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003603
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003604<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003605<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003606 <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
3607</div>
3608
3609<div class="doc_text">
3610
3611<p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003612 target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access and
3613 vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
3614 does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
3615 will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a
3616 specific target.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003617
3618</div>
3619
3620<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3621<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3622 <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3623</div>
3624
3625<div class="doc_text">
3626
3627<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003628<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003629 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;ty&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003630</pre>
3631
3632<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003633<p>The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar element
3634 from a vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003635
3636
3637<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003638<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3639 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is an index
3640 indicating the position from which to extract the element. The index may be
3641 a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003642
3643<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003644<p>The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
3645 <tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
3646 <tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
3647 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003648
3649<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003650<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003651 %result = extractelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003652</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003653
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003654</div>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003655
3656<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3657<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3658 <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3659</div>
3660
3661<div class="doc_text">
3662
3663<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003664<pre>
Dan Gohmanf3480b92008-05-12 23:38:42 +00003665 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003666</pre>
3667
3668<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003669<p>The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar element into a
3670 vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003671
3672<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003673<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3674 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is a scalar value
3675 whose type must equal the element type of the first operand. The third
3676 operand is an index indicating the position at which to insert the value.
3677 The index may be a variable.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003678
3679<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003680<p>The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its element values
3681 are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position <tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the
3682 value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
3683 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003684
3685<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003686<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003687 %result = insertelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003688</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003689
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003690</div>
3691
3692<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3693<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3694 <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a>
3695</div>
3696
3697<div class="doc_text">
3698
3699<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003700<pre>
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003701 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v1&gt;, &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v2&gt;, &lt;m x i32&gt; &lt;mask&gt; <i>; yields &lt;m x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003702</pre>
3703
3704<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003705<p>The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
3706 from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as the
3707 input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003708
3709<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003710<p>The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
3711 with types that match each other. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose
3712 element type is always 'i32'. The result of the instruction is a vector
3713 whose length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the
3714 same as the element type of the first two operands.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003715
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003716<p>The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
3717 constant integer or undef values.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003718
3719<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003720<p>The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
3721 both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
3722 the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the result element
3723 gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the
3724 second operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.</p>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003725
3726<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003727<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003728 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003729 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003730 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; undef,
3731 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i> - Identity shuffle.
Mon P Wangaeb06d22008-11-10 04:46:22 +00003732 %result = shufflevector &lt;8 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;8 x i32&gt; undef,
3733 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
3734 %result = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
3735 &lt;8 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3, i32 4, i32 5, i32 6, i32 7 &gt; <i>; yields &lt;8 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003736</pre>
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003737
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003738</div>
Tanya Lattner09474292006-04-14 19:24:33 +00003739
Chris Lattner3df241e2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003740<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3741<div class="doc_subsection">
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003742 <a name="aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
3743</div>
3744
3745<div class="doc_text">
3746
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003747<p>LLVM supports several instructions for working with aggregate values.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003748
3749</div>
3750
3751<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3752<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3753 <a name="i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
3754</div>
3755
3756<div class="doc_text">
3757
3758<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003759<pre>
3760 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt;{, &lt;idx&gt;}*
3761</pre>
3762
3763<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003764<p>The '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction extracts the value of a struct field
3765 or array element from an aggregate value.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003766
3767<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003768<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
3769 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The
3770 operands are constant indices to specify which value to extract in a similar
3771 manner as indices in a
3772 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003773
3774<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003775<p>The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by the
3776 index operands.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003777
3778<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003779<pre>
Dan Gohman81a0c0b2008-05-31 00:58:22 +00003780 %result = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003781</pre>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003782
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003783</div>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003784
3785<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3786<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3787 <a name="i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
3788</div>
3789
3790<div class="doc_text">
3791
3792<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003793<pre>
Dan Gohman81a0c0b2008-05-31 00:58:22 +00003794 &lt;result&gt; = insertvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003795</pre>
3796
3797<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003798<p>The '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction inserts a value into a struct field or
3799 array element in an aggregate.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003800
3801
3802<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003803<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
3804 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a> or <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The
3805 second operand is a first-class value to insert. The following operands are
3806 constant indices indicating the position at which to insert the value in a
3807 similar manner as indices in a
3808 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction. The
3809 value to insert must have the same type as the value identified by the
3810 indices.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003811
3812<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003813<p>The result is an aggregate of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its value is
3814 that of <tt>val</tt> except that the value at the position specified by the
3815 indices is that of <tt>elt</tt>.</p>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003816
3817<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003818<pre>
Dan Gohman52bb2db2008-06-23 15:26:37 +00003819 %result = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg, i32 1, 0 <i>; yields {i32, float}</i>
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003820</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003821
Dan Gohmana334d5f2008-05-12 23:51:09 +00003822</div>
3823
3824
3825<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3826<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00003827 <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003828</div>
3829
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003830<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003831
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003832<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it represents
3833 memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which makes things
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00003834 very simple. This section describes how to read, write, and allocate
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003835 memory in LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003836
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003837</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003838
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003839<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003840<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003841 <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
3842</div>
3843
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003844<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003845
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003846<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003847<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003848 &lt;result&gt; = alloca &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003849</pre>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003850
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003851<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003852<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003853 currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function
3854 returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the generic address
3855 space (address space zero).</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003856
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003857<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003858<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction
3859 allocates <tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt> bytes of memory on the
3860 runtime stack, returning a pointer of the appropriate type to the program.
3861 If "NumElements" is specified, it is the number of elements allocated,
3862 otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one. If a constant alignment is
3863 specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to
3864 at least that boundary. If not specified, or if zero, the target can choose
3865 to align the allocation on any convenient boundary compatible with the
3866 type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003867
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003868<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003869
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003870<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling871eb0a2009-05-08 20:49:29 +00003871<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. The operation is undefined if
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003872 there is insufficient stack space for the allocation. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
3873 memory is automatically released when the function returns. The
3874 '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction is commonly used to represent automatic
3875 variables that must have an address available. When the function returns
3876 (either with the <tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>
3877 or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt> instructions), the memory is
3878 reclaimed. Allocating zero bytes is legal, but the result is undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003879
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003880<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003881<pre>
Dan Gohman81e21672009-01-04 23:49:44 +00003882 %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3883 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3884 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3885 %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003886</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003887
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003888</div>
Chris Lattner2cbdc452005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003889
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003890<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003891<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
3892Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003893
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003894<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003895
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003896<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003897<pre>
3898 &lt;result&gt; = load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]
3899 &lt;result&gt; = volatile load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;]
3900</pre>
3901
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003902<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003903<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003904
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003905<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003906<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory address
3907 from which to load. The pointer must point to
3908 a <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
3909 marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the
3910 number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other
3911 volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
3912 instructions. </p>
3913
3914<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
3915 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
3916 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
3917 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
3918 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
3919 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
3920 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
3921
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003922<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003923<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded. If the value being loaded is of
3924 scalar type then the number of bytes read does not exceed the minimum number
3925 of bytes needed to hold all bits of the type. For example, loading an
3926 <tt>i24</tt> reads at most three bytes. When loading a value of a type like
3927 <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an integral number of bytes, the result
3928 is undefined if the value was not originally written using a store of the
3929 same type.</p>
3930
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003931<h5>Examples:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003932<pre>
3933 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
3934 <a href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003935 %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003936</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003937
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003938</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003939
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003940<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003941<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
3942Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003943
Reid Spencer035ab572006-11-09 21:18:01 +00003944<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003945
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003946<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003947<pre>
3948 store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Christopher Lamb2330e4d2007-04-21 08:16:25 +00003949 volatile store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003950</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003951
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003952<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003953<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003954
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003955<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003956<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value to store
3957 and an address at which to store it. The type of the
3958 '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand must be a pointer to
3959 the <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type of the
3960 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked
3961 as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the number
3962 or order of execution of this <tt>store</tt> with other
3963 volatile <tt>load</tt> and <tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>
3964 instructions.</p>
3965
3966<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
3967 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
3968 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
3969 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
3970 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
3971 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
3972 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
3973
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003974<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003975<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' at the
3976 location specified by the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand. If
3977 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' is of scalar type then the number of bytes written
3978 does not exceed the minimum number of bytes needed to hold all bits of the
3979 type. For example, storing an <tt>i24</tt> writes at most three bytes. When
3980 writing a value of a type like <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an
3981 integral number of bytes, it is unspecified what happens to the extra bits
3982 that do not belong to the type, but they will typically be overwritten.</p>
3983
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003984<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003985<pre>
3986 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Bill Wendling8c6c72d2007-10-22 05:10:05 +00003987 store i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
3988 %val = <a href="#i_load">load</a> i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003989</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003990
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00003991</div>
3992
Chris Lattner2b7d3202002-05-06 03:03:22 +00003993<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00003994<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3995 <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a>
3996</div>
3997
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003998<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003999
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004000<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004001<pre>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004002 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004003 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr inbounds &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004004</pre>
4005
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004006<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004007<p>The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
4008 subelement of an aggregate data structure. It performs address calculation
4009 only and does not access memory.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004010
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004011<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004012<p>The first argument is always a pointer, and forms the basis of the
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004013 calculation. The remaining arguments are indices that indicate which of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004014 elements of the aggregate object are indexed. The interpretation of each
4015 index is dependent on the type being indexed into. The first index always
4016 indexes the pointer value given as the first argument, the second index
4017 indexes a value of the type pointed to (not necessarily the value directly
4018 pointed to, since the first index can be non-zero), etc. The first type
4019 indexed into must be a pointer value, subsequent types can be arrays, vectors
4020 and structs. Note that subsequent types being indexed into can never be
4021 pointers, since that would require loading the pointer before continuing
4022 calculation.</p>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004023
4024<p>The type of each index argument depends on the type it is indexing into.
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004025 When indexing into a (optionally packed) structure, only <tt>i32</tt> integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004026 <b>constants</b> are allowed. When indexing into an array, pointer or
Chris Lattnerc8eef442009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004027 vector, integers of any width are allowed, and they are not required to be
4028 constant.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004029
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004030<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets compiled to
4031 LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004032
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004033<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004034<pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004035struct RT {
4036 char A;
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004037 int B[10][20];
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004038 char C;
4039};
4040struct ST {
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004041 int X;
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004042 double Y;
4043 struct RT Z;
4044};
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004045
Chris Lattnercabc8462007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004046int *foo(struct ST *s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004047 return &amp;s[1].Z.B[5][13];
4048}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004049</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004050</div>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004051
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004052<p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004053
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004054<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004055<pre>
Chris Lattnere7886e42009-01-11 20:53:49 +00004056%RT = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
4057%ST = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i32, double, %RT }
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004058
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004059define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004060entry:
4061 %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13
4062 ret i32* %reg
4063}
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004064</pre>
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004065</div>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004066
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004067<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004068<p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>'
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004069 type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
4070 }</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element
4071 of the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
4072 i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
4073 element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
4074 array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
4075 '<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a
4076 pointer to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004077
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004078<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a structure,
4079 returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this, the LLVM code for
4080 the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004081
4082<pre>
Dan Gohman4df605b2009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004083 define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004084 %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1 <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i>
Jeff Cohen6f1cc772007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004085 %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i>
4086 %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004087 %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5 <i>; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4</i>
4088 %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13 <i>; yields i32*:%t5</i>
4089 ret i32* %t5
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004090 }
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004091</pre>
Chris Lattnere67a9512005-06-24 17:22:57 +00004092
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004093<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
Dan Gohman0a28d182009-07-29 16:00:30 +00004094 <tt>getelementptr</tt> is undefined if the base pointer is not an
4095 <i>in bounds</i> address of an allocated object, or if any of the addresses
Dan Gohmanb255b882009-08-20 17:08:17 +00004096 that would be formed by successive addition of the offsets implied by the
4097 indices to the base address with infinitely precise arithmetic are not an
4098 <i>in bounds</i> address of that allocated object.
Dan Gohman0a28d182009-07-29 16:00:30 +00004099 The <i>in bounds</i> addresses for an allocated object are all the addresses
Dan Gohmanb255b882009-08-20 17:08:17 +00004100 that point into the object, plus the address one byte past the end.</p>
Dan Gohmandd8004d2009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004101
4102<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is not present, the offsets are added to
4103 the base address with silently-wrapping two's complement arithmetic, and
4104 the result value of the <tt>getelementptr</tt> may be outside the object
4105 pointed to by the base pointer. The result value may not necessarily be
4106 used to access memory though, even if it happens to point into allocated
4107 storage. See the <a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
4108 section for more information.</p>
4109
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004110<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight into
4111 how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr FAQ</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner884a9702006-08-15 00:45:58 +00004112
Chris Lattner7faa8832002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004113<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004114<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004115 <i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i>
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004116 %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %saptr, i64 0, i32 1
4117 <i>; yields i8*:vptr</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004118 %vptr = getelementptr {i32, &lt;2 x i8&gt;}* %svptr, i64 0, i32 1, i32 1
Matthijs Kooijmane49d0bc2008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004119 <i>; yields i8*:eptr</i>
4120 %eptr = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %aptr, i64 0, i32 1
Sanjiv Gupta9f805c22009-04-25 07:27:44 +00004121 <i>; yields i32*:iptr</i>
Sanjiv Gupta16ffa802009-04-24 16:38:13 +00004122 %iptr = getelementptr [10 x i32]* @arr, i16 0, i16 0
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004123</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004124
Chris Lattnerf74d5c72004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004125</div>
Reid Spencer47ce1792006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004126
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004127<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004128<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004129</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004130
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004131<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004132
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004133<p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting)
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004134 which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit
4135 conversions on the operand.</p>
4136
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004137</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004138
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004139<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004140<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004141 <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4142</div>
4143<div class="doc_text">
4144
4145<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4146<pre>
4147 &lt;result&gt; = trunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4148</pre>
4149
4150<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004151<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the
4152 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004153
4154<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004155<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must
4156 be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the
4157 size and type of the result, which must be
4158 an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must
4159 be larger than the bit size of <tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not
4160 allowed.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004161
4162<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004163<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits
4164 in <tt>value</tt> and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the
4165 source size must be larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot
4166 be a <i>no-op cast</i>. It will always truncate bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004167
4168<h5>Example:</h5>
4169<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004170 %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004171 %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 <i>; yields i1:true</i>
4172 %Y = trunc i32 122 to i1 <i>; yields i1:false</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004173</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004174
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004175</div>
4176
4177<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4178<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4179 <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4180</div>
4181<div class="doc_text">
4182
4183<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4184<pre>
4185 &lt;result&gt; = zext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4186</pre>
4187
4188<h5>Overview:</h5>
4189<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004190 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004191
4192
4193<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4194<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004195 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4196 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
4197 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
4198 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004199
4200<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4201<p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004202 bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004203
Reid Spencerb5929522007-01-12 15:46:11 +00004204<p>When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004205
4206<h5>Example:</h5>
4207<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004208 %X = zext i32 257 to i64 <i>; yields i64:257</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004209 %Y = zext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004210</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004211
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004212</div>
4213
4214<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4215<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4216 <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4217</div>
4218<div class="doc_text">
4219
4220<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4221<pre>
4222 &lt;result&gt; = sext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4223</pre>
4224
4225<h5>Overview:</h5>
4226<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
4227
4228<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004229<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
4230 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4231 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
4232 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
4233 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004234
4235<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004236<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
4237 bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size
4238 of the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004239
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004240<p>When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004241
4242<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004243<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004244 %X = sext i8 -1 to i16 <i>; yields i16 :65535</i>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004245 %Y = sext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:-1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004246</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004247
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004248</div>
4249
4250<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4251<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004252 <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4253</div>
4254
4255<div class="doc_text">
4256
4257<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004258<pre>
4259 &lt;result&gt; = fptrunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4260</pre>
4261
4262<h5>Overview:</h5>
4263<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004264 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004265
4266<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4267<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004268 point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type
4269 to cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
4270 <tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
4271 <i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004272
4273<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004274<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
4275 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
4276 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit
4277 within the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are
4278 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004279
4280<h5>Example:</h5>
4281<pre>
4282 %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float <i>; yields float:123.0</i>
4283 %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float <i>; yields undefined</i>
4284</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004285
Reid Spencer3fa91b02006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004286</div>
4287
4288<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4289<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004290 <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4291</div>
4292<div class="doc_text">
4293
4294<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4295<pre>
4296 &lt;result&gt; = fpext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4297</pre>
4298
4299<h5>Overview:</h5>
4300<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004301 floating point value.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004302
4303<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4304<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004305 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast, and
4306 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
4307 type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004308
4309<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004310<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004311 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
4312 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
4313 used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
4314 <tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004315
4316<h5>Example:</h5>
4317<pre>
4318 %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double <i>; yields double:3.1415</i>
4319 %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i>
4320</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004321
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004322</div>
4323
4324<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4325<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer24d6da52007-01-21 00:29:26 +00004326 <a name="i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004327</div>
4328<div class="doc_text">
4329
4330<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4331<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004332 &lt;result&gt; = fptoui &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004333</pre>
4334
4335<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004336<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004337 unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004338
4339<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004340<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4341 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4342 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4343 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4344 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004345
4346<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004347<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its
4348 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4349 towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit
4350 in <tt>ty2</tt>, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004351
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004352<h5>Example:</h5>
4353<pre>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004354 %X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004355 %Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer1539a1c2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004356 %X = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004357</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004358
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004359</div>
4360
4361<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4362<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004363 <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004364</div>
4365<div class="doc_text">
4366
4367<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4368<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004369 &lt;result&gt; = fptosi &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004370</pre>
4371
4372<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004373<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004374 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to
4375 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004376
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004377<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004378<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4379 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4380 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4381 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4382 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004383
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004384<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004385<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004386 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4387 towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
4388 the results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004389
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004390<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004391<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004392 %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:-123</i>
Chris Lattner88519042007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004393 %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004394 %X = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004395</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004396
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004397</div>
4398
4399<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4400<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004401 <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004402</div>
4403<div class="doc_text">
4404
4405<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4406<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004407 &lt;result&gt; = uitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004408</pre>
4409
4410<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004411<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004412 integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004413
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004414<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004415<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004416 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4417 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4418 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4419 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004420
4421<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004422<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004423 integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point
4424 value. If the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are
4425 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004426
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004427<h5>Example:</h5>
4428<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004429 %X = uitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004430 %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:255.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004431</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004432
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004433</div>
4434
4435<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4436<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004437 <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004438</div>
4439<div class="doc_text">
4440
4441<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4442<pre>
Reid Spencerd4448792006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004443 &lt;result&gt; = sitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004444</pre>
4445
4446<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004447<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed integer
4448 and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004449
4450<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemanb348d182007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004451<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004452 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4453 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4454 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4455 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004456
4457<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004458<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed integer
4459 quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If the
4460 value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004461
4462<h5>Example:</h5>
4463<pre>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004464 %X = sitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004465 %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:-1.0</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004466</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004467
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004468</div>
4469
4470<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4471<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004472 <a name="i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4473</div>
4474<div class="doc_text">
4475
4476<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4477<pre>
4478 &lt;result&gt; = ptrtoint &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4479</pre>
4480
4481<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004482<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
4483 the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004484
4485<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004486<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
4487 must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
4488 <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004489
4490<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4491<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004492 <tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
4493 truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
4494 <tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
4495 <tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
4496 are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type
4497 change.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004498
4499<h5>Example:</h5>
4500<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004501 %X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8 <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
4502 %Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64 <i>; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004503</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004504
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004505</div>
4506
4507<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4508<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4509 <a name="i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4510</div>
4511<div class="doc_text">
4512
4513<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4514<pre>
4515 &lt;result&gt; = inttoptr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4516</pre>
4517
4518<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004519<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to a
4520 pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004521
4522<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Duncan Sands8036ca42007-03-30 12:22:09 +00004523<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004524 value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
4525 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004526
4527<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4528<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004529 <tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
4530 the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
4531 size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller
4532 than the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the
4533 same size, nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004534
4535<h5>Example:</h5>
4536<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004537 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture</i>
4538 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i>
4539 %Y = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004540</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004541
Reid Spencer72679252006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004542</div>
4543
4544<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4545<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004546 <a name="i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004547</div>
4548<div class="doc_text">
4549
4550<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4551<pre>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004552 &lt;result&gt; = bitcast &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004553</pre>
4554
4555<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004556<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004557 <tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004558
4559<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004560<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4561 non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be
4562 a non-aggregate <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes
4563 of <tt>value</tt> and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be
4564 identical. If the source type is a pointer, the destination type must also be
4565 a pointer. This instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to
4566 integers and to vectors of other types (as long as they have the same
4567 size).</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004568
4569<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer5c0ef472006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004570<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004571 <tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
4572 this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
4573 stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only
4574 be converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert
4575 pointers to other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
4576 <a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
Reid Spencer9dee3ac2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004577
4578<h5>Example:</h5>
4579<pre>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004580 %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 <i>; yields i8 :-1</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004581 %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* <i>; yields sint*:%x</i>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004582 %Z = bitcast &lt;2 x int&gt; %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
Chris Lattner33ba0d92001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004583</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004584
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004585</div>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004586
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004587<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4588<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004589
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004590<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004591
4592<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" instructions, which
4593 defy better classification.</p>
4594
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004595</div>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004596
4597<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4598<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4599</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004600
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004601<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004602
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004603<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004604<pre>
4605 &lt;result&gt; = icmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004606</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004607
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004608<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004609<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or a vector of
4610 boolean values based on comparison of its two integer, integer vector, or
4611 pointer operands.</p>
4612
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004613<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4614<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004615 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
4616 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
4617
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004618<ol>
4619 <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
4620 <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
4621 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li>
4622 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li>
4623 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li>
4624 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li>
4625 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li>
4626 <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li>
4627 <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
4628 <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
4629</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004630
Chris Lattner3b19d652007-01-15 01:54:13 +00004631<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004632 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> or integer <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
4633 typed. They must also be identical types.</p>
4634
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004635<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004636<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> according to the
4637 condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always yields
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004638 either an <a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a> or vector of <tt>i1</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004639 result, as follows:</p>
4640
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004641<ol>
4642 <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004643 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
4644 performed.</li>
4645
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004646 <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004647 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
4648 performed.</li>
4649
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004650 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004651 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4652
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004653 <li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004654 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
4655 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4656
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004657 <li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004658 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4659
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004660 <li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004661 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4662
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004663 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004664 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4665
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004666 <li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004667 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
4668 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4669
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004670 <li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004671 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4672
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004673 <li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004674 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004675</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004676
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004677<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004678 values are compared as if they were integers.</p>
4679
4680<p>If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared element by
4681 element. The result is an <tt>i1</tt> vector with the same number of elements
4682 as the values being compared. Otherwise, the result is an <tt>i1</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004683
4684<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004685<pre>
4686 &lt;result&gt; = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004687 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ne float* %X, %X <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4688 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ult i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4689 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4690 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ule i16 -4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
4691 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sge i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004692</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004693
4694<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
4695 the <tt>icmp</tt> instruction.</p>
4696
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004697</div>
4698
4699<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4700<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4701</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004702
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004703<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004704
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004705<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004706<pre>
4707 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004708</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004709
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004710<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004711<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or vector of boolean
4712 values based on comparison of its operands.</p>
4713
4714<p>If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result type is a boolean
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004715(<a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a>).</p>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004716
4717<p>If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type is a vector
4718 of boolean with the same number of elements as the operands being
4719 compared.</p>
4720
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004721<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4722<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004723 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
4724 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
4725
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004726<ol>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004727 <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004728 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
4729 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li>
4730 <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li>
4731 <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li>
4732 <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li>
4733 <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li>
4734 <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li>
4735 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li>
4736 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li>
4737 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li>
4738 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li>
4739 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li>
4740 <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li>
4741 <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004742 <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004743</ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004744
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004745<p><i>Ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004746 <i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
4747
4748<p>Each of <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be either
4749 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type or
4750 a <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of floating point type. They must have
4751 identical types.</p>
4752
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004753<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Gabor Greiffb224a22008-08-07 21:46:00 +00004754<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004755 according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. If the operands are
4756 vectors, then the vectors are compared element by element. Each comparison
Nick Lewyckyec38da42009-09-27 00:45:11 +00004757 performed always yields an <a href="#t_integer">i1</a> result, as
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004758 follows:</p>
4759
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004760<ol>
4761 <li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004762
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004763 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004764 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4765
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004766 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004767 <tt>op1</tt> is greather than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4768
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004769 <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004770 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4771
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004772 <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004773 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4774
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004775 <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004776 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4777
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004778 <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004779 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4780
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004781 <li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004782
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004783 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004784 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4785
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004786 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004787 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4788
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004789 <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004790 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4791
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004792 <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004793 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4794
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004795 <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004796 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4797
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004798 <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004799 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
4800
Reid Spencerb7f26282006-11-19 03:00:14 +00004801 <li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004802
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004803 <li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
4804</ol>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004805
4806<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004807<pre>
4808 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004809 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp one float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4810 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
4811 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004812</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004813
4814<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
4815 the <tt>fcmp</tt> instruction.</p>
4816
Reid Spencerf3a70a62006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004817</div>
4818
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004819<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nate Begemanac80ade2008-05-12 19:01:56 +00004820<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004821 <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a>
4822</div>
4823
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004824<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004825
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004826<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004827<pre>
4828 &lt;result&gt; = phi &lt;ty&gt; [ &lt;val0&gt;, &lt;label0&gt;], ...
4829</pre>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004830
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004831<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004832<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the &#966; node in the
4833 SSA graph representing the function.</p>
4834
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004835<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004836<p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type field. After
4837 this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs as arguments, with
4838 one pair for each predecessor basic block of the current block. Only values
4839 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type may be used as the value
4840 arguments to the PHI node. Only labels may be used as the label
4841 arguments.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004842
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004843<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic block and
4844 the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in a basic
4845 block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004846
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004847<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the use of each incoming value is deemed to
4848 occur on the edge from the corresponding predecessor block to the current
4849 block (but after any definition of an '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction's return
4850 value on the same edge).</p>
Jay Foadd2449092009-06-03 10:20:10 +00004851
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004852<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004853<p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the value
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004854 specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that
4855 executed just prior to the current block.</p>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004856
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004857<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner5568e942008-05-20 20:48:21 +00004858<pre>
4859Loop: ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...
4860 %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]
4861 %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1
4862 br label %Loop
4863</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004864
Reid Spencer2fd21e62006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004865</div>
4866
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004867<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4868<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4869 <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a>
4870</div>
4871
4872<div class="doc_text">
4873
4874<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004875<pre>
Dan Gohmanf72fb672008-09-09 01:02:47 +00004876 &lt;result&gt; = select <i>selty</i> &lt;cond&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val1&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val2&gt; <i>; yields ty</i>
4877
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004878 <i>selty</i> is either i1 or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004879</pre>
4880
4881<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004882<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
4883 condition, without branching.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004884
4885
4886<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004887<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires an 'i1' value or a vector of 'i1'
4888 values indicating the condition, and two values of the
4889 same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the val1/val2 are
4890 vectors and the condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not
4891 individual elements.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004892
4893<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004894<p>If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns the
4895 first value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004896
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004897<p>If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must be vectors
4898 of the same size, and the selection is done element by element.</p>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004899
4900<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004901<pre>
Reid Spencerc78f3372007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004902 %X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42 <i>; yields i8:17</i>
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004903</pre>
Dan Gohmanc766f722009-01-22 01:39:38 +00004904
4905<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support conditions
4906 with vector type.</p>
4907
Chris Lattnercc37aae2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004908</div>
4909
Robert Bocchino05ccd702006-01-15 20:48:27 +00004910<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4911<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004912 <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a>
4913</div>
4914
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004915<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004916
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004917<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004918<pre>
Devang Patel307e8ab2008-10-07 17:48:33 +00004919 &lt;result&gt; = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ty&gt; [&lt;fnty&gt;*] &lt;fnptrval&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004920</pre>
4921
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004922<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004923<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004924
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004925<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004926<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004927
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004928<ol>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004929 <li>The optional "tail" marker indicates whether the callee function accesses
4930 any allocas or varargs in the caller. If the "tail" marker is present,
4931 the function call is eligible for tail call optimization. Note that calls
4932 may be marked "tail" even if they do not occur before
4933 a <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00004934
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004935 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
4936 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
4937 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00004938
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004939 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
4940 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
4941 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
4942
4943 <li>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also the
4944 type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
4945 <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</li>
4946
4947 <li>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value
4948 being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by this
4949 signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs and if
4950 the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</li>
4951
4952 <li>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
4953 be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
4954 indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
4955 to function value.</li>
4956
4957 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
4958 signature argument types. All arguments must be of
4959 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function signature
4960 indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments, the extra
4961 arguments can be specified.</li>
4962
4963 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
4964 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
4965 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner6536cfe2002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004966</ol>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004967
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004968<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004969<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to
4970 a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to the specified
4971 values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction in the called
4972 function, control flow continues with the instruction after the function
4973 call, and the return value of the function is bound to the result
4974 argument.</p>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004975
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004976<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004977<pre>
Nick Lewyckydb7e3c92007-09-08 13:57:50 +00004978 %retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc)
Chris Lattner772fccf2008-03-21 17:24:17 +00004979 call i32 (i8 *, ...)* @printf(i8 * %msg, i32 12, i8 42) <i>; yields i32</i>
4980 %X = tail call i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
4981 %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
4982 call void %foo(i8 97 signext)
Devang Patelc3fc6df2008-03-10 20:49:15 +00004983
4984 %struct.A = type { i32, i8 }
Devang Patelf642f472008-10-06 18:50:38 +00004985 %r = call %struct.A @foo() <i>; yields { 32, i8 }</i>
Dan Gohmanb1e6b962008-10-04 19:00:07 +00004986 %gr = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
4987 %gr1 = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 1 <i>; yields i8</i>
Chris Lattner85a350f2008-10-08 06:26:11 +00004988 %Z = call void @foo() noreturn <i>; indicates that %foo never returns normally</i>
Matthijs Kooijmancb73d192008-10-07 10:03:45 +00004989 %ZZ = call zeroext i32 @bar() <i>; Return value is %zero extended</i>
Chris Lattner2bff5242005-05-06 05:47:36 +00004990</pre>
4991
Dale Johannesen07de8d12009-09-24 18:38:21 +00004992<p>llvm treats calls to some functions with names and arguments that match the
Dale Johannesen9f8380b2009-09-25 17:04:42 +00004993standard C99 library as being the C99 library functions, and may perform
4994optimizations or generate code for them under that assumption. This is
4995something we'd like to change in the future to provide better support for
4996freestanding environments and non-C-based langauges.</p>
Dale Johannesen07de8d12009-09-24 18:38:21 +00004997
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004998</div>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00004999
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005000<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005001<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerfb6977d2006-01-13 23:26:01 +00005002 <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005003</div>
5004
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005005<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005006
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005007<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005008<pre>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005009 &lt;resultval&gt; = va_arg &lt;va_list*&gt; &lt;arglist&gt;, &lt;argty&gt;
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005010</pre>
5011
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005012<h5>Overview:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005013<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005014 the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
5015 <tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005016
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005017<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005018<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of the
5019 argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and increments
5020 the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. The actual type
5021 of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005022
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005023<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005024<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified type
5025 from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the <tt>va_list</tt> to point
5026 to the next argument. For more information, see the variable argument
5027 handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic Functions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005028
5029<p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005030 take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
5031 function.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005032
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005033<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of
5034 an <a href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
5035 argument.</p>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005036
Chris Lattner8d1a81d2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005037<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnere19d7a72004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005038<p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p>
5039
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005040<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support va_arg on many
5041 targets. Also, it does not currently support va_arg with aggregate types on
5042 any target.</p>
Dan Gohmanf3e60bd2009-01-12 23:12:39 +00005043
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005044</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005045
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005046<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner261efe92003-11-25 01:02:51 +00005047<div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div>
5048<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005049
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005050<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005051
5052<p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions have
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005053 well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain
5054 restrictions. Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for
5055 the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the transformations
5056 in LLVM when adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the
5057 parser, etc...).</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005058
John Criswellfc6b8952005-05-16 16:17:45 +00005059<p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005060 prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not
5061 begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external
5062 functions: you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic
5063 functions may only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to
5064 take the address of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because intrinsic
5065 functions are part of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that
5066 they be documented here.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005067
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005068<p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents a
5069 family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data
5070 types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types,
5071 overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any
5072 integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be
5073 overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as
5074 exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows
5075 an intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them
5076 to be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single
5077 argument or the result.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005078
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005079<p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types
5080 encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types
5081 which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched
5082 against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function
5083 can take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same
5084 integer width. This leads to a family of functions such as
5085 <tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29
5086 %val)</tt>. Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type
5087 suffix is required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return
5088 type, it does not require its own name suffix.</p>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005089
5090<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005091 <a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005092
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005093</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005094
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005095<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005096<div class="doc_subsection">
5097 <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
5098</div>
5099
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005100<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005101
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005102<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with
5103 the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
5104 intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly named
5105 macros defined in the <tt>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</tt> header file.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005106
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005107<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a target-specific value
5108 type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly language reference manual does
5109 not define what this type is, so all transformations should be prepared to
5110 handle these functions regardless of the type used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005111
Chris Lattner374ab302006-05-15 17:26:46 +00005112<p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005113 instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
5114 used.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005115
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005116<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005117<pre>
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005118define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) {
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005119 ; Initialize variable argument processing
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005120 %ap = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005121 %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8*
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005122 call void @llvm.va_start(i8* %ap2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005123
5124 ; Read a single integer argument
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005125 %tmp = va_arg i8** %ap, i32
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005126
5127 ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005128 %aq = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005129 %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8*
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005130 call void @llvm.va_copy(i8* %aq2, i8* %ap2)
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005131 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %aq2)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005132
5133 ; Stop processing of arguments.
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005134 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %ap2)
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005135 ret i32 %tmp
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005136}
Anton Korobeynikov5d522f32007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005137
5138declare void @llvm.va_start(i8*)
5139declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*)
5140declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005141</pre>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005142</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005143
Bill Wendling2f7a8b02007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005144</div>
5145
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005146<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005147<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005148 <a name="int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005149</div>
5150
5151
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005152<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005153
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005154<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005155<pre>
5156 declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5157</pre>
5158
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005159<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005160<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>
5161 for subsequent use by <tt><a href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005162
5163<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005164<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005165
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005166<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohman0e451ce2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005167<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005168 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes
5169 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next
5170 call to <tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to
5171 the function. Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not
5172 need to know the last argument of the function as the compiler can figure
5173 that out.</p>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005174
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005175</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005176
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005177<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005178<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005179 <a name="int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005180</div>
5181
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005182<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005183
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005184<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5185<pre>
5186 declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5187</pre>
5188
5189<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005190<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005191 which has been initialized previously
5192 with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
5193 or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005194
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005195<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005196<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005197
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005198<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005199<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005200 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys
5201 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points. Calls
5202 to <a href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a>
5203 and <a href="#int_va_copy"> <tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly
5204 with calls to <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb75137d2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005205
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005206</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005207
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005208<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005209<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005210 <a name="int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005211</div>
5212
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005213<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005214
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005215<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005216<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005217 declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* &lt;destarglist&gt;, i8* &lt;srcarglist&gt;)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005218</pre>
5219
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005220<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005221<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005222 from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005223
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005224<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth8bf607a2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005225<p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005226 The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy
5227 from.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005228
Chris Lattnerd9ad5b32003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005229<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohenb627eab2007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005230<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005231 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the
5232 source <tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt>
5233 element. This intrinsic is necessary because
5234 the <tt><a href="#int_va_start"> llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be
5235 arbitrarily complex and require, for example, memory allocation.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005236
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005237</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005238
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005239<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5240<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005241 <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
5242</div>
5243
5244<div class="doc_text">
5245
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005246<p>LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
Chris Lattnerd3eda892008-08-05 18:29:16 +00005247Collection</a> (GC) requires the implementation and generation of these
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005248intrinsics. These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC
5249roots on the stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that
5250require <a href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a>
5251barriers. Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate
5252these intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details,
5253see <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with
5254LLVM</a>.</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005255
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005256<p>The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic
5257 address space (address space zero).</p>
Christopher Lamb303dae92007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005258
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005259</div>
5260
5261<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5262<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005263 <a name="int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005264</div>
5265
5266<div class="doc_text">
5267
5268<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005269<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005270 declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005271</pre>
5272
5273<h5>Overview:</h5>
John Criswell9e2485c2004-12-10 15:51:16 +00005274<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005275 the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005276
5277<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005278<p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005279 root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a
5280 global value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the
5281 root.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005282
5283<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner05d67092008-04-24 05:59:56 +00005284<p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsic stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc"
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005285 location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
5286 the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>'
5287 intrinsic may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5288 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005289
5290</div>
5291
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005292<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5293<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005294 <a name="int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005295</div>
5296
5297<div class="doc_text">
5298
5299<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005300<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005301 declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005302</pre>
5303
5304<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005305<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005306 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
5307 barriers.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005308
5309<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005310<p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005311 allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
5312 start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
5313 null).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005314
5315<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005316<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005317 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5318 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic
5319 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5320 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005321
5322</div>
5323
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005324<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5325<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005326 <a name="int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005327</div>
5328
5329<div class="doc_text">
5330
5331<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005332<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005333 declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2)
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005334</pre>
5335
5336<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005337<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005338 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
5339 barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005340
5341<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner80626e92006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005342<p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005343 object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
5344 store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may
5345 be null.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005346
5347<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005348<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005349 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5350 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic
5351 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5352 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005353
5354</div>
5355
Chris Lattnerd7923912004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005356<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5357<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005358 <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
5359</div>
5360
5361<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005362
5363<p>These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may
5364 only be implemented with code generator support.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005365
5366</div>
5367
5368<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5369<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005370 <a name="int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005371</div>
5372
5373<div class="doc_text">
5374
5375<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5376<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005377 declare i8 *@llvm.returnaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005378</pre>
5379
5380<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005381<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
5382 target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
5383 or one of its callers.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005384
5385<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005386<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
5387 for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc.
5388 The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005389
5390<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005391<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5392 indicating the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5393 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5394 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5395 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005396
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005397<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5398 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5399 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005400
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005401</div>
5402
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005403<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5404<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005405 <a name="int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005406</div>
5407
5408<div class="doc_text">
5409
5410<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5411<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005412 declare i8 *@llvm.frameaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005413</pre>
5414
5415<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005416<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
5417 target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005418
5419<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005420<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
5421 pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
5422 etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005423
5424<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005425<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5426 indicating the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5427 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5428 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5429 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005430
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005431<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5432 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5433 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005434
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005435</div>
5436
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005437<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5438<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005439 <a name="int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005440</div>
5441
5442<div class="doc_text">
5443
5444<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5445<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005446 declare i8 *@llvm.stacksave()
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005447</pre>
5448
5449<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005450<p>The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state
5451 of the function stack, for use
5452 with <a href="#int_stackrestore"> <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is
5453 useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable
5454 sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005455
5456<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005457<p>This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed
5458 to <a href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When
5459 an <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved
5460 from <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack
5461 to the state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed.
5462 In practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the
5463 stack that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005464
5465</div>
5466
5467<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5468<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005469 <a name="int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005470</div>
5471
5472<div class="doc_text">
5473
5474<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5475<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005476 declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8 * %ptr)
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005477</pre>
5478
5479<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005480<p>The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
5481 the function stack to the state it was in when the
5482 corresponding <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic
5483 executed. This is useful for implementing language features like scoped
5484 automatic variable sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005485
5486<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005487<p>See the description
5488 for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.</p>
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005489
5490</div>
5491
Chris Lattner57e1f392006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005492<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5493<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005494 <a name="int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005495</div>
5496
5497<div class="doc_text">
5498
5499<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5500<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005501 declare void @llvm.prefetch(i8* &lt;address&gt;, i32 &lt;rw&gt;, i32 &lt;locality&gt;)
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005502</pre>
5503
5504<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005505<p>The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to
5506 insert a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.
5507 Prefetches have no effect on the behavior of the program but can change its
5508 performance characteristics.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005509
5510<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005511<p><tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the
5512 specifier determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1),
5513 and <tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
5514 locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt>
5515 and <tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005516
5517<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005518<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
5519 prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support
5520 this intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for
5521 better performance.</p>
Chris Lattner9a9d7ac2005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005522
5523</div>
5524
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005525<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5526<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005527 <a name="int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005528</div>
5529
5530<div class="doc_text">
5531
5532<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5533<pre>
Chris Lattner1df4f752007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005534 declare void @llvm.pcmarker(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005535</pre>
5536
5537<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005538<p>The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program
5539 Counter (PC) in a region of code to simulators and other tools. The method
5540 is target specific, but it is expected that the marker will use exported
5541 symbols to transmit the PC of the marker. The marker makes no guarantees
5542 that it will remain with any specific instruction after optimizations. It is
5543 possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit optimizations. The
5544 intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow correlations of
5545 simulation runs.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005546
5547<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005548<p><tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005549
5550<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005551<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do
5552 not support this intrinisic may ignore it.</p>
Andrew Lenharth7f4ec3b2005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005553
5554</div>
5555
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005556<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5557<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005558 <a name="int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005559</div>
5560
5561<div class="doc_text">
5562
5563<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5564<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005565 declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter( )
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005566</pre>
5567
5568<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005569<p>The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
5570 counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those
5571 targets that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it
5572 should map to RPCC. As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order
5573 of 9 seconds on alpha), this should only be used for small timings.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005574
5575<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005576<p>When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any
5577 memory. Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific
5578 value or a system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered
5579 to a constant 0.</p>
Andrew Lenharth51b8d542005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005580
5581</div>
5582
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005583<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5584<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005585 <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
5586</div>
5587
5588<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005589
5590<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
5591 These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about
5592 the alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing
5593 opportunity for more efficient code generation.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005594
5595</div>
5596
5597<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5598<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005599 <a name="int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005600</div>
5601
5602<div class="doc_text">
5603
5604<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005605<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> on any
5606 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5607
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005608<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005609 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005610 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005611 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5612 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005613 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005614 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005615 declare void @llvm.memcpy.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005616 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005617</pre>
5618
5619<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005620<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5621 source location to the destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005622
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005623<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
5624 intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005625
5626<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005627<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
5628 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
5629 number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment of the
5630 source and destination locations.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005631
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005632<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5633 then the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are
5634 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005635
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005636<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005637<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5638 source location to the destination location, which are not allowed to
5639 overlap. It copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to
5640 be aligned to some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument,
5641 otherwise it should be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005642
Chris Lattner33aec9e2004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005643</div>
5644
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005645<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5646<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005647 <a name="int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005648</div>
5649
5650<div class="doc_text">
5651
5652<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005653<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memmove on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005654 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5655
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005656<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005657 declare void @llvm.memmove.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005658 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005659 declare void @llvm.memmove.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
5660 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005661 declare void @llvm.memmove.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005662 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005663 declare void @llvm.memmove.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005664 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005665</pre>
5666
5667<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005668<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the
5669 source location to the destination location. It is similar to the
5670 '<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to
5671 overlap.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005672
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005673<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
5674 intrinsics do not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005675
5676<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005677<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
5678 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
5679 number of bytes to copy, and the fourth argument is the alignment of the
5680 source and destination locations.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005681
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005682<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5683 then the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are
5684 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3301ced2004-02-12 21:18:15 +00005685
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005686<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005687<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
5688 source location to the destination location, which may overlap. It copies
5689 "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
5690 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
5691 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005692
Chris Lattner0eb51b42004-02-12 18:10:10 +00005693</div>
5694
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005695<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5696<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005697 <a name="int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005698</div>
5699
5700<div class="doc_text">
5701
5702<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005703<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memset on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005704 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5705
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005706<pre>
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005707 declare void @llvm.memset.i8(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005708 i8 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner824b9582008-11-21 16:42:48 +00005709 declare void @llvm.memset.i16(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
5710 i16 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005711 declare void @llvm.memset.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005712 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005713 declare void @llvm.memset.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Reid Spencerca86e162006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005714 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;)
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005715</pre>
5716
5717<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005718<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a
5719 particular byte value.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005720
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005721<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt>
5722 intrinsic does not return a value, and takes an extra alignment argument.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005723
5724<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005725<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
5726 byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer argument
5727 specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the known
5728 alignment of destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005729
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005730<p>If the call to this intrinisic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
5731 then the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that
5732 boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005733
5734<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005735<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting
5736 at the destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
5737 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
5738 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005739
Chris Lattner10610642004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005740</div>
5741
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00005742<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5743<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005744 <a name="int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005745</div>
5746
5747<div class="doc_text">
5748
5749<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005750<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any
5751 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5752 types however.</p>
5753
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005754<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005755 declare float @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
5756 declare double @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
5757 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sqrt.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5758 declare fp128 @llvm.sqrt.f128(fp128 %Val)
5759 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sqrt.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005760</pre>
5761
5762<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005763<p>The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
5764 returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would.
5765 Unlike <tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined
5766 behavior for negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better
5767 optimization, because there is no need to worry about errno being
5768 set). <tt>llvm.sqrt(-0.0)</tt> is defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005769
5770<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005771<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5772 type.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005773
5774<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005775<p>This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a
5776 nonnegative floating point number.</p>
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005777
Chris Lattnera4d74142005-07-21 01:29:16 +00005778</div>
5779
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005780<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5781<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005782 <a name="int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005783</div>
5784
5785<div class="doc_text">
5786
5787<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005788<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any
5789 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5790 types however.</p>
5791
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005792<pre>
Dale Johannesen408f9c12007-10-02 17:47:38 +00005793 declare float @llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
5794 declare double @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
5795 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.powi.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, i32 %power)
5796 declare fp128 @llvm.powi.f128(fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
5797 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.powi.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005798</pre>
5799
5800<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005801<p>The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
5802 specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
5803 multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
5804 used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005805
5806<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005807<p>The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
5808 that power.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005809
5810<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005811<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
5812 unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005813
Chris Lattnerf4d252d2006-09-08 06:34:02 +00005814</div>
5815
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005816<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5817<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5818 <a name="int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5819</div>
5820
5821<div class="doc_text">
5822
5823<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005824<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any
5825 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5826 types however.</p>
5827
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005828<pre>
5829 declare float @llvm.sin.f32(float %Val)
5830 declare double @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val)
5831 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sin.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5832 declare fp128 @llvm.sin.f128(fp128 %Val)
5833 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sin.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
5834</pre>
5835
5836<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005837<p>The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005838
5839<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005840<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5841 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005842
5843<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005844<p>This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the same
5845 values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
5846 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005847
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005848</div>
5849
5850<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5851<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5852 <a name="int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5853</div>
5854
5855<div class="doc_text">
5856
5857<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005858<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any
5859 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5860 types however.</p>
5861
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005862<pre>
5863 declare float @llvm.cos.f32(float %Val)
5864 declare double @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val)
5865 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.cos.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
5866 declare fp128 @llvm.cos.f128(fp128 %Val)
5867 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.cos.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
5868</pre>
5869
5870<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005871<p>The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005872
5873<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005874<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
5875 type.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005876
5877<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005878<p>This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the same
5879 values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
5880 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005881
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005882</div>
5883
5884<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5885<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5886 <a name="int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
5887</div>
5888
5889<div class="doc_text">
5890
5891<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005892<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any
5893 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
5894 types however.</p>
5895
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005896<pre>
5897 declare float @llvm.pow.f32(float %Val, float %Power)
5898 declare double @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power)
5899 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.pow.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, x86_fp80 %Power)
5900 declare fp128 @llvm.pow.f128(fp128 %Val, fp128 %Power)
5901 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.pow.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, ppc_fp128 Power)
5902</pre>
5903
5904<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005905<p>The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
5906 specified (positive or negative) power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005907
5908<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005909<p>The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to
5910 raise to that power.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005911
5912<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005913<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power, returning
5914 the same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error
5915 conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005916
Dan Gohman91c284c2007-10-15 20:30:11 +00005917</div>
5918
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005919<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5920<div class="doc_subsection">
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005921 <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005922</div>
5923
5924<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005925
5926<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
5927 These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005928
5929</div>
5930
5931<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5932<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencera3e435f2007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005933 <a name="int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005934</div>
5935
5936<div class="doc_text">
5937
5938<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005939<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any integer
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005940 type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).</p>
5941
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005942<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005943 declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 &lt;id&gt;)
5944 declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
5945 declare i64 @llvm.bswap.i64(i64 &lt;id&gt;)
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005946</pre>
5947
5948<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005949<p>The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
5950 values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits). These
5951 are useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's
5952 native byte order.</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005953
5954<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005955<p>The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
5956 and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly,
5957 the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt> intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four
5958 bytes of the input i32 swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1,
5959 2, 3 then the returned i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order.
5960 The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>, <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics
5961 extend this concept to additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and
5962 more, respectively).</p>
Nate Begeman7e36c472006-01-13 23:26:38 +00005963
5964</div>
5965
5966<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5967<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer0b118202006-01-16 21:12:35 +00005968 <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005969</div>
5970
5971<div class="doc_text">
5972
5973<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer409e28f2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005974<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer bit
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005975 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
5976
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005977<pre>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00005978 declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005979 declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005980 declare i32 @llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00005981 declare i64 @llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
5982 declare i256 @llvm.ctpop.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005983</pre>
5984
5985<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005986<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set
5987 in a value.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005988
5989<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005990<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
5991 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005992
5993<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005994<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005995
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00005996</div>
5997
5998<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5999<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006000 <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006001</div>
6002
6003<div class="doc_text">
6004
6005<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006006<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any
6007 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6008
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006009<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006010 declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6011 declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006012 declare i32 @llvm.ctlz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006013 declare i64 @llvm.ctlz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6014 declare i256 @llvm.ctlz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006015</pre>
6016
6017<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006018<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6019 leading zeros in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006020
6021<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006022<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6023 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006024
6025<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006026<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant)
6027 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6028 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006029
Andrew Lenharthec370fd2005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006030</div>
Chris Lattner32006282004-06-11 02:28:03 +00006031
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006032<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6033<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner8a886be2006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006034 <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006035</div>
6036
6037<div class="doc_text">
6038
6039<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006040<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any
6041 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6042
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006043<pre>
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006044 declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6045 declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovec43a062007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006046 declare i32 @llvm.cttz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth69940402007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006047 declare i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6048 declare i256 @llvm.cttz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006049</pre>
6050
6051<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006052<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6053 trailing zeros.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006054
6055<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006056<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6057 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006058
6059<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006060<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant)
6061 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6062 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006063
Chris Lattnereff29ab2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006064</div>
6065
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006066<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6067<div class="doc_subsection">
6068 <a name="int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
6069</div>
6070
6071<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006072
6073<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for some arithmetic with overflow operations.</p>
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006074
6075</div>
6076
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006077<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6078<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006079 <a name="int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006080</div>
6081
6082<div class="doc_text">
6083
6084<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006085<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006086 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006087
6088<pre>
6089 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6090 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6091 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6092</pre>
6093
6094<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006095<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006096 a signed addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6097 occurred during the signed summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006098
6099<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006100<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006101 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6102 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6103 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6104 undergo signed addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006105
6106<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006107<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006108 a signed addition of the two variables. They return a structure &mdash; the
6109 first element of which is the signed summation, and the second element of
6110 which is a bit specifying if the signed summation resulted in an
6111 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006112
6113<h5>Examples:</h5>
6114<pre>
6115 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6116 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6117 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6118 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6119</pre>
6120
6121</div>
6122
6123<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6124<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006125 <a name="int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006126</div>
6127
6128<div class="doc_text">
6129
6130<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006131<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006132 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006133
6134<pre>
6135 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6136 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6137 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6138</pre>
6139
6140<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006141<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006142 an unsigned addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether a carry
6143 occurred during the unsigned summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006144
6145<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006146<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006147 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6148 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6149 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6150 undergo unsigned addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006151
6152<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006153<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006154 an unsigned addition of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6155 the first element of which is the sum, and the second element of which is a
6156 bit specifying if the unsigned summation resulted in a carry.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006157
6158<h5>Examples:</h5>
6159<pre>
6160 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6161 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6162 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6163 br i1 %obit, label %carry, label %normal
6164</pre>
6165
6166</div>
6167
6168<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6169<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006170 <a name="int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006171</div>
6172
6173<div class="doc_text">
6174
6175<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006176<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006177 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006178
6179<pre>
6180 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6181 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6182 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6183</pre>
6184
6185<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006186<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006187 a signed subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6188 occurred during the signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006189
6190<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006191<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006192 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6193 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6194 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6195 undergo signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006196
6197<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006198<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006199 a signed subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6200 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6201 which is a bit specifying if the signed subtraction resulted in an
6202 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006203
6204<h5>Examples:</h5>
6205<pre>
6206 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6207 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6208 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6209 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6210</pre>
6211
6212</div>
6213
6214<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6215<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006216 <a name="int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006217</div>
6218
6219<div class="doc_text">
6220
6221<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006222<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006223 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006224
6225<pre>
6226 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6227 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6228 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6229</pre>
6230
6231<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006232<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006233 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6234 overflow occurred during the unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006235
6236<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006237<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006238 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6239 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6240 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6241 undergo unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006242
6243<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006244<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006245 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6246 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6247 which is a bit specifying if the unsigned subtraction resulted in an
6248 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006249
6250<h5>Examples:</h5>
6251<pre>
6252 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6253 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6254 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6255 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6256</pre>
6257
6258</div>
6259
6260<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6261<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingda01af72009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006262 <a name="int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006263</div>
6264
6265<div class="doc_text">
6266
6267<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006268<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006269 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006270
6271<pre>
6272 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6273 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6274 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6275</pre>
6276
6277<h5>Overview:</h5>
6278
6279<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006280 a signed multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6281 overflow occurred during the signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006282
6283<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006284<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006285 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6286 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6287 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6288 undergo signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006289
6290<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006291<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006292 a signed multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6293 the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second element of
6294 which is a bit specifying if the signed multiplication resulted in an
6295 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingac1df8e2009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006296
6297<h5>Examples:</h5>
6298<pre>
6299 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6300 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6301 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6302 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6303</pre>
6304
Reid Spencerf86037f2007-04-11 23:23:49 +00006305</div>
6306
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006307<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6308<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6309 <a name="int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
6310</div>
6311
6312<div class="doc_text">
6313
6314<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006315<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006316 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006317
6318<pre>
6319 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6320 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6321 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6322</pre>
6323
6324<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006325<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006326 a unsigned multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6327 overflow occurred during the unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006328
6329<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006330<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006331 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6332 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6333 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6334 undergo unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006335
6336<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006337<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006338 an unsigned multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure
6339 &mdash; the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second
6340 element of which is a bit specifying if the unsigned multiplication resulted
6341 in an overflow.</p>
Bill Wendling41b485c2009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006342
6343<h5>Examples:</h5>
6344<pre>
6345 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6346 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6347 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6348 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6349</pre>
6350
6351</div>
6352
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006353<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6354<div class="doc_subsection">
6355 <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
6356</div>
6357
6358<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006359
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006360<p>The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt>
6361 prefix), are described in
6362 the <a href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source
6363 Level Debugging</a> document.</p>
6364
6365</div>
Chris Lattner8ff75902004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006366
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006367<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6368<div class="doc_subsection">
6369 <a name="int_eh">Exception Handling Intrinsics</a>
6370</div>
6371
6372<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006373
6374<p>The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
6375 <tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in
6376 the <a href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception
6377 Handling</a> document.</p>
6378
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006379</div>
6380
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006381<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6382<div class="doc_subsection">
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006383 <a name="int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006384</div>
6385
6386<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006387
6388<p>This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
6389 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute, from a function. The result is a callable
6390 function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need to
6391 provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored in advance in a
6392 "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated on the stack, which also
6393 contains code to splice the nest value into the argument list. This is used
6394 to implement the GCC nested function address extension.</p>
6395
6396<p>For example, if the function is
6397 <tt>i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function
6398 pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>. It can be created as
6399 follows:</p>
6400
6401<div class="doc_code">
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006402<pre>
Duncan Sandsf7331b32007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006403 %tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86
6404 %tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0
6405 %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline( i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval )
6406 %fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)*
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006407</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006408</div>
6409
6410<p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp( i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt> is then equivalent
6411 to <tt>%val = call i32 %f( i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt>.</p>
6412
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006413</div>
6414
6415<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6416<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6417 <a name="int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6418</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006419
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006420<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006421
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006422<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6423<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006424 declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* &lt;tramp&gt;, i8* &lt;func&gt;, i8* &lt;nval&gt;)
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006425</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006426
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006427<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006428<p>This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code and returns a
6429 function pointer suitable for executing it.</p>
6430
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006431<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006432<p>The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all
6433 pointers. The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large and
6434 sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
6435 intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM
6436 currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that
6437 generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge.
6438 The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to
6439 an <tt>i8*</tt>.</p>
6440
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006441<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006442<p>The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target
6443 dependent code, turning it into a function. A pointer to this function is
6444 returned, but needs to be bitcast to an <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate
6445 function pointer type</a> before being called. The new function's signature
6446 is the same as that of <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with
6447 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute removed. At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument
6448 is allowed, and it must be of pointer type. Calling the new function is
6449 equivalent to calling <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but
6450 with <tt>nval</tt> used for the missing <tt>nest</tt> argument. If, after
6451 calling <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to
6452 by <tt>tramp</tt> is modified, then the effect of any later call to the
6453 returned function pointer is undefined.</p>
6454
Duncan Sands36397f52007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006455</div>
6456
6457<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6458<div class="doc_subsection">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006459 <a name="int_atomics">Atomic Operations and Synchronization Intrinsics</a>
6460</div>
6461
6462<div class="doc_text">
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006463
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006464<p>These intrinsic functions expand the "universal IR" of LLVM to represent
6465 hardware constructs for atomic operations and memory synchronization. This
6466 provides an interface to the hardware, not an interface to the programmer. It
6467 is aimed at a low enough level to allow any programming models or APIs
6468 (Application Programming Interfaces) which need atomic behaviors to map
6469 cleanly onto it. It is also modeled primarily on hardware behavior. Just as
6470 hardware provides a "universal IR" for source languages, it also provides a
6471 starting point for developing a "universal" atomic operation and
6472 synchronization IR.</p>
6473
6474<p>These do <em>not</em> form an API such as high-level threading libraries,
6475 software transaction memory systems, atomic primitives, and intrinsic
6476 functions as found in BSD, GNU libc, atomic_ops, APR, and other system and
6477 application libraries. The hardware interface provided by LLVM should allow
6478 a clean implementation of all of these APIs and parallel programming models.
6479 No one model or paradigm should be selected above others unless the hardware
6480 itself ubiquitously does so.</p>
6481
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006482</div>
6483
6484<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6485<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6486 <a name="int_memory_barrier">'<tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6487</div>
6488<div class="doc_text">
6489<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6490<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006491 declare void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 &lt;ll&gt;, i1 &lt;ls&gt;, i1 &lt;sl&gt;, i1 &lt;ss&gt;, i1 &lt;device&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006492</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006493
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006494<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006495<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic guarantees ordering between
6496 specific pairs of memory access types.</p>
6497
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006498<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006499<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic requires five boolean arguments.
6500 The first four arguments enables a specific barrier as listed below. The
6501 fith argument specifies that the barrier applies to io or device or uncached
6502 memory.</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006503
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006504<ul>
6505 <li><tt>ll</tt>: load-load barrier</li>
6506 <li><tt>ls</tt>: load-store barrier</li>
6507 <li><tt>sl</tt>: store-load barrier</li>
6508 <li><tt>ss</tt>: store-store barrier</li>
6509 <li><tt>device</tt>: barrier applies to device and uncached memory also.</li>
6510</ul>
6511
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006512<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006513<p>This intrinsic causes the system to enforce some ordering constraints upon
6514 the loads and stores of the program. This barrier does not
6515 indicate <em>when</em> any events will occur, it only enforces
6516 an <em>order</em> in which they occur. For any of the specified pairs of load
6517 and store operations (f.ex. load-load, or store-load), all of the first
6518 operations preceding the barrier will complete before any of the second
6519 operations succeeding the barrier begin. Specifically the semantics for each
6520 pairing is as follows:</p>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006521
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006522<ul>
6523 <li><tt>ll</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any load
6524 after the barrier begins.</li>
6525 <li><tt>ls</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any
6526 store after the barrier begins.</li>
6527 <li><tt>ss</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
6528 store after the barrier begins.</li>
6529 <li><tt>sl</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
6530 load after the barrier begins.</li>
6531</ul>
6532
6533<p>These semantics are applied with a logical "and" behavior when more than one
6534 is enabled in a single memory barrier intrinsic.</p>
6535
6536<p>Backends may implement stronger barriers than those requested when they do
6537 not support as fine grained a barrier as requested. Some architectures do
6538 not need all types of barriers and on such architectures, these become
6539 noops.</p>
6540
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006541<h5>Example:</h5>
6542<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006543%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6544%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006545 store i32 4, %ptr
6546
6547%result1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6548 call void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 false, i1 true, i1 false, i1 false )
6549 <i>; guarantee the above finishes</i>
6550 store i32 8, %ptr <i>; before this begins</i>
6551</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006552
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006553</div>
6554
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006555<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6556<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006557 <a name="int_atomic_cmp_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006558</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006559
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006560<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006561
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006562<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006563<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> on
6564 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6565 support all bit widths however.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006566
6567<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006568 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;cmp&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
6569 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;cmp&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
6570 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;cmp&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
6571 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;cmp&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006572</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006573
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006574<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006575<p>This loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are
6576 equal, it stores a new value into the memory.</p>
6577
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006578<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006579<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments. The result
6580 as well as both <tt>cmp</tt> and <tt>val</tt> must be integer values with the
6581 same bit width. The <tt>ptr</tt> argument must be a pointer to a value of
6582 this integer type. While any bit width integer may be used, targets may only
6583 lower representations they support in hardware.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006584
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006585<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006586<p>This entire intrinsic must be executed atomically. It first loads the value
6587 in memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> and compares it with the
6588 value <tt>cmp</tt>. If they are equal, <tt>val</tt> is stored into the
6589 memory. The loaded value is yielded in all cases. This provides the
6590 equivalent of an atomic compare-and-swap operation within the SSA
6591 framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006592
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006593<h5>Examples:</h5>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006594<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006595%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6596%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006597 store i32 4, %ptr
6598
6599%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006600%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4, %val1 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006601 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6602%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
6603%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
6604
6605%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006606%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5, %val2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006607 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
6608%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 5 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = false</i>
6609
6610%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 8</i>
6611</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006612
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006613</div>
6614
6615<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6616<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6617 <a name="int_atomic_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6618</div>
6619<div class="doc_text">
6620<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6621
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006622<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> on any
6623 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6624
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006625<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006626 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
6627 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
6628 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
6629 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006630</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006631
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006632<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006633<p>This intrinsic loads the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt> and yields
6634 the value from memory. It then stores the value in <tt>val</tt> in the memory
6635 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6636
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006637<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006638<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. Both
6639 the <tt>val</tt> argument and the result must be integers of the same bit
6640 width. The first argument, <tt>ptr</tt>, must be a pointer to a value of this
6641 integer type. The targets may only lower integer representations they
6642 support.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006643
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006644<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006645<p>This intrinsic loads the value pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt>, yields it, and
6646 stores <tt>val</tt> back into <tt>ptr</tt> atomically. This provides the
6647 equivalent of an atomic swap operation within the SSA framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006648
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006649<h5>Examples:</h5>
6650<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006651%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6652%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006653 store i32 4, %ptr
6654
6655%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006656%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val1 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006657 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
6658%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
6659%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
6660
6661%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006662%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006663 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
6664
6665%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 8 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = true</i>
6666%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 2</i>
6667</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006668
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006669</div>
6670
6671<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6672<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006673 <a name="int_atomic_load_add">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.add.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006674
6675</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006676
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006677<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006678
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006679<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006680<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt> on
6681 any integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6682
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006683<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006684 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6685 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i16..p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6686 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6687 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006688</pre>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006689
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006690<h5>Overview:</h5>
6691<p>This intrinsic adds <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory
6692 at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6693
6694<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6695<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6696 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6697 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6698 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6699
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006700<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006701<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
6702 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then adds <tt>delta</tt>, stores the result
6703 to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006704
6705<h5>Examples:</h5>
6706<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006707%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6708%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6709 store i32 4, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006710%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006711 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006712%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006713 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006714%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006715 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 10</i>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006716%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 15</i>
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006717</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006718
Andrew Lenharthab0b9492008-02-21 06:45:13 +00006719</div>
6720
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006721<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6722<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6723 <a name="int_atomic_load_sub">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6724
6725</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006726
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006727<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006728
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006729<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006730<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt> on
6731 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
6732 support all bit widths however.</p>
6733
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006734<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006735 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6736 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6737 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6738 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006739</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006740
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006741<h5>Overview:</h5>
6742<p>This intrinsic subtracts <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
6743 <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
6744
6745<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6746<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6747 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6748 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6749 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6750
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006751<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006752<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
6753 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then subtracts <tt>delta</tt>, stores the
6754 result to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored
6755 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006756
6757<h5>Examples:</h5>
6758<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006759%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6760%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6761 store i32 8, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006762%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006763 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006764%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006765 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 4</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006766%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006767 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 2</i>
6768%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = -3</i>
6769</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006770
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006771</div>
6772
6773<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6774<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6775 <a name="int_atomic_load_and">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.and.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6776 <a name="int_atomic_load_nand">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6777 <a name="int_atomic_load_or">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.or.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6778 <a name="int_atomic_load_xor">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006779</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006780
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006781<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006782
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006783<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006784<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can
6785 use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_and</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_nand</tt>,
6786 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_or</tt>, and <tt>llvm.atomic.load_xor</tt> on any integer
6787 bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support all bit
6788 widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006789
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006790<pre>
6791 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6792 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6793 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6794 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006795</pre>
6796
6797<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006798 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6799 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6800 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6801 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006802</pre>
6803
6804<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006805 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6806 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6807 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6808 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006809</pre>
6810
6811<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006812 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6813 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6814 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6815 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006816</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006817
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006818<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006819<p>These intrinsics bitwise the operation (and, nand, or, xor) <tt>delta</tt> to
6820 the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value
6821 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006822
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006823<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6824<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6825 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6826 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6827 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6828
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006829<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006830<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
6831 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the bitwise
6832 operation <tt>delta</tt>, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield the
6833 original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006834
6835<h5>Examples:</h5>
6836<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006837%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6838%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6839 store i32 0x0F0F, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006840%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006841 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 0x0F0F</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006842%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006843 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 0xFFFFFFF0</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006844%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006845 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 0xF0</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006846%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006847 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = FF</i>
6848%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = F0</i>
6849</pre>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006850
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006851</div>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006852
6853<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6854<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6855 <a name="int_atomic_load_max">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.max.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6856 <a name="int_atomic_load_min">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.min.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6857 <a name="int_atomic_load_umax">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
6858 <a name="int_atomic_load_umin">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006859</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006860
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006861<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006862
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006863<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006864<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_max</tt>,
6865 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_min</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umax</tt>, and
6866 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umin</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
6867 address spaces. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006868
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006869<pre>
6870 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6871 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6872 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6873 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006874</pre>
6875
6876<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006877 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6878 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6879 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6880 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006881</pre>
6882
6883<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006884 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6885 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6886 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6887 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006888</pre>
6889
6890<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006891 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
6892 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
6893 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
6894 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006895</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006896
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006897<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006898<p>These intrinsics takes the signed or unsigned minimum or maximum of
6899 <tt>delta</tt> and the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the
6900 original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006901
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006902<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6903<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
6904 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
6905 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
6906 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
6907
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006908<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006909<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
6910 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the signed or unsigned min or
6911 max <tt>delta</tt> and the value, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They
6912 yield the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006913
6914<h5>Examples:</h5>
6915<pre>
Victor Hernandez2fee2942009-10-26 23:44:29 +00006916%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
6917%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
6918 store i32 7, %ptr
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006919%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 -2 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006920 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 7</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006921%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 8 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006922 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = -2</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006923%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 10 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006924 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wange3b3a722008-07-30 04:36:53 +00006925%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 30 )
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006926 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 8</i>
6927%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 30</i>
6928</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006929
Mon P Wang28873102008-06-25 08:15:39 +00006930</div>
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006931
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00006932
6933<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6934<div class="doc_subsection">
6935 <a name="int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
6936</div>
6937
6938<div class="doc_text">
6939
6940<p>This class of intrinsics exists to information about the lifetime of memory
6941 objects and ranges where variables are immutable.</p>
6942
6943</div>
6944
6945<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6946<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6947 <a name="int_lifetime_start">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6948</div>
6949
6950<div class="doc_text">
6951
6952<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6953<pre>
6954 declare void @llvm.lifetime.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
6955</pre>
6956
6957<h5>Overview:</h5>
6958<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies the start of a memory
6959 object's lifetime.</p>
6960
6961<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00006962<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
6963 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
6964 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00006965
6966<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6967<p>This intrinsic indicates that before this point in the code, the value of the
6968 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
Nick Lewycky8d336592009-10-27 16:56:58 +00006969 never be used and has an undefined value. A load from the pointer that
6970 precedes this intrinsic can be replaced with
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00006971 <tt>'<a href="#undefvalues">undef</a>'</tt>.</p>
6972
6973</div>
6974
6975<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6976<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6977 <a name="int_lifetime_end">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6978</div>
6979
6980<div class="doc_text">
6981
6982<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6983<pre>
6984 declare void @llvm.lifetime.end(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
6985</pre>
6986
6987<h5>Overview:</h5>
6988<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies the end of a memory
6989 object's lifetime.</p>
6990
6991<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00006992<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
6993 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
6994 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00006995
6996<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6997<p>This intrinsic indicates that after this point in the code, the value of the
6998 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
6999 never be used and has an undefined value. Any stores into the memory object
7000 following this intrinsic may be removed as dead.
7001
7002</div>
7003
7004<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7005<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7006 <a name="int_invariant_start">'<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7007</div>
7008
7009<div class="doc_text">
7010
7011<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7012<pre>
7013 declare {}* @llvm.invariant.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;) readonly
7014</pre>
7015
7016<h5>Overview:</h5>
7017<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7018 a memory object will not change.</p>
7019
7020<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007021<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7022 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7023 the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007024
7025<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7026<p>This intrinsic indicates that until an <tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt> that uses
7027 the return value, the referenced memory location is constant and
7028 unchanging.</p>
7029
7030</div>
7031
7032<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7033<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7034 <a name="int_invariant_end">'<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7035</div>
7036
7037<div class="doc_text">
7038
7039<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7040<pre>
7041 declare void @llvm.invariant.end({}* &lt;start&gt;, i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7042</pre>
7043
7044<h5>Overview:</h5>
7045<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7046 a memory object are mutable.</p>
7047
7048<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7049<p>The first argument is the matching <tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt> intrinsic.
Nick Lewycky321333e2009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007050 The second argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7051 object, or -1 if it is variable sized and the third argument is a pointer
7052 to the object.</p>
Nick Lewyckycc271862009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007053
7054<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7055<p>This intrinsic indicates that the memory is mutable again.</p>
7056
7057</div>
7058
Andrew Lenharth22c5c1b2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007059<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7060<div class="doc_subsection">
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007061 <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a>
7062</div>
7063
7064<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007065
7066<p>This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has no specific
7067 purpose.</p>
7068
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007069</div>
7070
7071<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7072<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7073 <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7074</div>
7075
7076<div class="doc_text">
7077
7078<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7079<pre>
Tanya Lattnerd2e84422007-06-18 23:42:37 +00007080 declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007081</pre>
7082
7083<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007084<p>The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007085
7086<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007087<p>The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
7088 global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source
7089 file name, and the last argument is the line number.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007090
7091<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007092<p>This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings.
7093 This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for
7094 these annotations. These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code
7095 generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007096
Tanya Lattner6d806e92007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007097</div>
7098
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007099<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7100<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Tanya Lattnere1a8da02007-09-21 23:57:59 +00007101 <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007102</div>
7103
7104<div class="doc_text">
7105
7106<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007107<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on
7108 any integer bit width.</p>
7109
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007110<pre>
Tanya Lattnerd3989a82007-09-22 00:03:01 +00007111 declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7112 declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7113 declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7114 declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7115 declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007116</pre>
7117
7118<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007119<p>The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007120
7121<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007122<p>The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression), the
7123 second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global
7124 string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line
7125 number. It returns the value of the first argument.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007126
7127<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007128<p>This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions with
7129 arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that
7130 want to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use, they
7131 are ignored by code generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007132
Tanya Lattnerb6367882007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007133</div>
Jim Laskeydd4ef1b2007-03-14 19:31:19 +00007134
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007135<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7136<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7137 <a name="int_trap">'<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7138</div>
7139
7140<div class="doc_text">
7141
7142<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7143<pre>
7144 declare void @llvm.trap()
7145</pre>
7146
7147<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007148<p>The '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007149
7150<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007151<p>None.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007152
7153<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007154<p>This intrinsics is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If the
7155 target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be lowered to
7156 the call of the <tt>abort()</tt> function.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007157
Anton Korobeynikov4cb86182008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007158</div>
7159
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007160<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7161<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Misha Brukmandccb0252008-11-22 23:55:29 +00007162 <a name="int_stackprotector">'<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007163</div>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007164
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007165<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007166
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007167<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7168<pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007169 declare void @llvm.stackprotector( i8* &lt;guard&gt;, i8** &lt;slot&gt; )
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007170</pre>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007171
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007172<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007173<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic takes the <tt>guard</tt> and
7174 stores it onto the stack at <tt>slot</tt>. The stack slot is adjusted to
7175 ensure that it is placed on the stack before local variables.</p>
7176
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007177<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007178<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic requires two pointer
7179 arguments. The first argument is the value loaded from the stack
7180 guard <tt>@__stack_chk_guard</tt>. The second variable is an <tt>alloca</tt>
7181 that has enough space to hold the value of the guard.</p>
7182
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007183<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlinge910b4c2009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007184<p>This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the position of
7185 the <tt>AllocaInst</tt> stack slot to be before local variables on the
7186 stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is
7187 overwritten, it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function exits,
7188 the guard on the stack is checked against the original guard. If they're
7189 different, then the program aborts by calling the <tt>__stack_chk_fail()</tt>
7190 function.</p>
7191
Bill Wendling69e4adb2008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007192</div>
7193
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007194<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner00950542001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007195<hr>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007196<address>
7197 <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007198 src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss-blue" alt="Valid CSS"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007199 <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman44408702008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007200 src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401-blue" alt="Valid HTML 4.01"></a>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007201
7202 <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br>
Reid Spencer05fe4b02006-03-14 05:39:39 +00007203 <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br>
Misha Brukmandaa4cb02004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007204 Last modified: $Date$
7205</address>
Chris Lattnerc7d3ab32008-01-04 04:33:49 +00007206
Misha Brukman9d0919f2003-11-08 01:05:38 +00007207</body>
7208</html>